Vivotek VS8801 - Server

VS8801 - Server Vivotek - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free VS8801 Vivotek in PDF.

📄 251 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question 10 questions ⚙️ Specs
Notice Vivotek VS8801 - page 8
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.
Product Type Network Video Recorder (NVR) Server
Dimensions (W x D x H) 19 inches rackmount (1U), 430 x 350 x 44 mm
Weight Approx. 10 kg (22 lbs)
Power Supply 100-240V AC, 50/60Hz, 350W redundant PSU
Processor Intel Xeon E-2224, 4 cores, 3.4 GHz
Memory 16 GB DDR4 ECC RAM, expandable to 64 GB
Storage Bays 4 hot-swappable 3.5" SATA HDD/SSD bays
Maximum Storage Capacity Up to 64 TB (4 x 16 TB HDD)
RAID Support RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10 (hardware RAID controller)
Video Channels Up to 16 IP cameras, max 12 MP resolution
Network Interfaces 2 x Gigabit Ethernet, 1 x 10GbE SFP+
USB Ports 2 x USB 3.0 front, 2 x USB 2.0 rear
Operating System Embedded Linux with VIVOTEK VAST 2
Cooling 3 x 40mm hot-swappable fans, intelligent speed control
Operating Temperature 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
Humidity 10% to 85% non-condensing
Maintenance Clean air filters monthly; check HDD health via S.M.A.R.T.
Security Features Password protection, HTTPS, secure boot, IP filtering
Replaceable Parts HDDs, power supply, fans, CMOS battery
Warranty 3 years limited hardware warranty

Frequently Asked Questions - VS8801 Vivotek

How to reset the Vivotek VS8801 to factory defaults?
Press and hold the Reset button on the front panel for 10 seconds until the status LED blinks red. The device will reboot with factory settings.
How to access the web interface of the VS8801?
Open a web browser and enter the IP address of the VS8801 (default: 192.168.0.100). Use the default credentials: admin / admin. Change the password immediately.
What hard drives are compatible with the VS8801?
The VS8801 supports 3.5-inch SATA HDDs (up to 16 TB) and SSDs. Use enterprise-grade drives for 24/7 operation. Check the VIVOTEK compatibility list.
How to set up RAID on the VS8801?
Access the Storage Manager in the web interface. Select the drives and choose a RAID level (0, 1, 5, 6, or 10). Follow the on-screen instructions to initialize the array.
How to update firmware on the VS8801?
Download the latest firmware from the VIVOTEK website. In the web interface, go to System > Firmware Update, upload the file, and click 'Update'. The device will reboot.
How to configure network settings on the VS8801?
In the web interface, go to Network > TCP/IP. You can set a static IP or enable DHCP. For advanced settings, configure VLAN, DNS, and gateway.
What is the maximum storage capacity of the VS8801?
With four 16 TB hard drives, the maximum raw capacity is 64 TB. Effective capacity depends on RAID level (e.g., RAID 5 gives ~48 TB usable).
How to troubleshoot no video feed from cameras?
Check camera connectivity (PoE or network cables), ensure cameras are powered, and verify IP addresses. In the NVR, check the Device Manager for offline cameras.
How to connect to the VS8801 remotely?
Enable DDNS or use a static IP. Configure port forwarding (default HTTP: 80, HTTPS: 443) on your router. Alternatively, use VIVOTEK VAST Cloud or Surveillance Center.
How to perform routine maintenance on the VS8801?
Clean the air filters every month, check system logs weekly, monitor HDD health via S.M.A.R.T., and ensure firmware is up-to-date. Replace failing drives promptly.

User questions about VS8801 Vivotek

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Server in PDF format for free! Find your manual VS8801 - Vivotek and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. VS8801 by Vivotek.

USER MANUAL VS8801 Vivotek

natural_image Black electronic device with multiple ports and connectors (no visible text or symbols)

VS8801

8-CH Audio and Video

Single Stream

Vivotek VS8801 - 1

natural_image Black electronic device labeled 'VS8401' with multiple ports and connectors (no readable text beyond label)

VS8401

4-CH Audio and Video

Simultaneous Dual Streams

Rev. 1.3

Table of Contents

Revision History ....4

Overview 5

Read Before Use....5

Package Contents....5

Physical Description....6

Network Deployment....10

Software Installation....12

Ready to Use....13

Accessing the Video Server 14

Using Web Browsers....14

Using RTSP Players....16

Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices....17

Using VIVOTEK Recording Software....18

Main Page 19

Client settings.... 22

Configuration 25

System 26

Security 28

HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL) 29

SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) 34

Network 35

Express link....50

DDNS 51

Access list 53

Digital I/O 55

Audio and video....56

Motion detection....65

Camera tampering detection 67

Camera control....68

Homepage layout 75

Application 78

Recording > Recording settings 92

Local storage > SD card management (for VS8401 only)....96

Local storage > Content management....97

System log 99

View parameters 100

Maintenance....101

Appendix 105

URL Commands for the Network Camera/Video Server....105

Technical Specifications .... 176

Technology License Notice....177

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)....178

Revision History

  1. Rev. 1.0: Initial release.
  2. Rev. 1.1: Most modifications are made to reflect functional changes on the user interface.
    * Modified the description for the expandable/Collapsible functional menus.
    * Added the Recording to SD/SDHC details. (SD local storage is now available on VS8401)
    * Added Local Storage options.
    * Added the Quad View setting options.
    * Added the joystick configuration options.
  3. Rev. 1.2: Added description for VS8801 stating that it does not support the SD card local storage.
  4. Rev. 1.3: Updated the URL commands.

Overview

VIVOTEK VS8801/8401, the new milestone in video server security performing 8-CH or 4-CH high resolution with high frame rate in H.264, are able to convert analog video into digital video with the highest quality. The H.264 compression format drastically reduces the file sizes and conserves valuable bandwidth and storage space. The VS8401 supports simultaneous dual streams, while the VS8801 supports single stream to be transmitted in H.264, MPEG-4 and MJPEG formats for versatile applications. The stream

can also be individually configured with frame rates, resolution, and image quality so as to meet different platforms or bandwidth constraints.

Featured with intelligent video functions, such as motion detection & tamper detection, the VS8801/8401 are capable of upgrading analog cameras into intelligent cameras. The tamper detection feature can detect events such as blockage, redirection, defocus, and spray-painting of camera lens, making it an intelligent solution to possible camera obstruction. Furthermore, the video server also upgrades the security level of the IP surveillance system with the network security protocols, HTTPS and 802.1x. It is also designed with Giga LAN for large transmission need and DC 12V / AC 24V compatible power input design. These features make VS8801/8401 easy to install and integrate with the existing analog system.

Monitoring with VIVOTEK's ST7501 as the video management software for better scalability and easy-to-use operation is another delightful benefit. Most importantly, it is designed for rack mount solution for easy installation. The solution for video server is a pioneering idea in the world. The innovative vision of video server, VS8801/8401, help you easily upgrade to a full-featured, high-end IP surveillance solution!

Read Before Use

The use of surveillance devices may be prohibited by law in your country. The video server is not only a high-performance web-ready camera but can also be part of a flexible surveillance system. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that the operation of such devices is legal before installing this unit for its intended use.

It is important to first verify that all contents received are complete according to the Package Contents listed below. Take note of the warnings in the Quick Installation Guide before the video server is installed; then carefully read and follow the instructions in the Installation chapter to avoid damage due to faulty assembly and installation. This also ensures the product is used properly as intended.

The video server is a network device and its use should be straightforward for those who have basic networking knowledge. It is designed for various applications including video sharing, general security/ surveillance, etc. The Configuration chapter suggests ways to best utilize the video server and ensure proper operations. For creative and professional developers, the URL Commands of the video server section serves as a helpful reference to customizing existing homepages or integrating with the current web server.

Package Contents

■ VS8801/8401
■ Power Adapter
■ Software CD
■ Warranty Card
■ Quick Installation Guide
■ Terminal blocks

Physical Description

Front Panel

■VS8801
Vivotek VS8801 - Front Panel - 1

text_image BNC Video Input RCA Audio Input VTVOTEK

■ VS8401
Vivotek VS8801 - Front Panel - 2

text_image BNC Video Input RCA Audio Input

Back Panel

VS8801
Vivotek VS8801 - Back Panel - 1

text_image Ethernet 10/100/1000 RJ45 Socket Click this button before removing the flash drive Status LEDs USB Socket VIVOJEK Remote USB Power Cord Socket Ethernet 12V 2A Remote SD RESET DIN 2.5V 3.1V DIN 2.5V 3.1V DIN 2.5V 3.1V General I/O Terminal Block Recessed Reset Button Not used

VS8401
Vivotek VS8801 - Back Panel - 2

text_image Ethernet 10/100/1000 RJ45 Socket Click this button before removing the flash drive Status LEDs USB Socket Power Cord Socket ETHNET VIVO TEK Remote USB Remove SD RESET SD/SDHC Card Slot General I/O Terminal Block Recessed Reset Button Click this button before removing the SD/SDHC card

Vivotek VS8801 - Back Panel - 3

NOTE:

The USB socket is for maintenance purposes only.

General I/O Terminal Block

This video server provides a general I/O terminal block which is used to connect external input / output devices. The pin definitions are described below.

■ VS8801
Vivotek VS8801 - General I/O Terminal Block - 1

text_image VIVOTEK Remove USB ETHERNET 12V 2A Remove SD RESET DI DO 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DO 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 TECH
CH 8 GNDCH 8 DICH 7 GNDCH 7 DICH 6 GNDCH 6 DICH 5 GNDCH 5 DICH 4 GNDCH 4 DICH 3 GNDCH 3 DICH 2 GNDCH 2 DICH 1 GNDCH 1 DI
CH 8 GNDCH 8 DOCH 7 GNDCH 7 DOCH 6 GNDCH 6 DOCH 5 GNDCH 5 DOCH 4 GNDCH 4 DOCH 3 GNDCH 3 DOCH 2 GNDCH 2 DOCH 1 GNDCH 1 DO
GND GNDCH 8 Audio outCH 7 Audio outCH 6 Audio outCH 5 Audio outCH 4 Audio outCH 3 Audio outCH 2 Audio outCH 1 Audio outRS 485-RS 485+24V AC24V ACGNDDC 12V

VS8401

Vivotek VS8801 - General I/O Terminal Block - 2

text_image VIVOTEK 12V 2A Ethernet RESIST Remove USB Remove SD USB Interface USB Interface 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 D1 DO D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 D31 D32 D33 D34 D35 D36 D37 D38 D39 D40 D41 D42 D43 D44 D45 D46 D47 D48 D49 D50 D51 D52 D53 D54 D55 D56 D57 D58 D59 D60
GND N/ACH 4 GNDCH 4 DICH 3 GNDCH 3 DICH 2 GNDCH 2 DICH 1 GNDCH 1 DI
GND N/ACH 4 GNDCH 4 DOCH 3 GNDCH 3 DOCH 2 GNDCH 2 DOCH 1 GNDCH 1 DO
CH 4 Audio outCH 3 Audio outCH 2 Audio outCH 1 Audio outRS 485-RS 485+24V AC24V ACGNDDC 12V

DI/DO Diagram

Please refer to the following illustration for the connection method.

Vivotek VS8801 - DI/DO Diagram - 1

text_image Sensors/detectors Digital Inputs GND Digital Outputs VTVOTEK Remove USB 12V 2A ETHERNET Remove SD RESET DI DO 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Alarms DC PowerGND Power Source

Vivotek VS8801 - DI/DO Diagram - 2

NOTE:

▶ External alarms or other devices that connect to the digital outputs require external power supply, e.g., DC power from a power adapter.
▶ 12V Ground should connect to Video Server ground termail block. For detailed pin definition, please refer to page 7.
It is recommended to keep the current running through each of the DO lines under 1A.

Status LED

The LED indicates the status of the video server. The table below shows the statuses of the Yellow (SD), Green (Network), and Red (Power) LEDs.

LED NameItemLED status Description
SD1Steady Yellow SD card is present and functioning normally
2Blinking YellowSD card is present yet problems occurred with data access
3LED Off No SD card in the socket
Network1Blinking Green every 1 sec. Network activity (heartbeat)
2Green LED Off Network failed
Power1Steady Red Power on and during system boot
2Red LED Off Power off

Below are the definitions for other combinations of LEDs:

ItemLED status Description
1Blinking Green every 2 sec. Audio mute (heartbeat)
2Blinking Red every 0.15 sec. + Blinking Green every 1 sec.Upgrading Firmware
3Blinking Red every 0.15 sec. + Blinking Green every 0.15 sec.Restoring default

Hardware Reset

■ VS8801

Vivotek VS8801 - Hardware Reset - 1

text_image VIVO TEK Remove USB 12V 2A ETHERNET Remove RESET Recessed Reset Button

■ VS8401

Vivotek VS8801 - Hardware Reset - 2

text_image VIVOTEK 12V 2A Ethernet RESSET Remove USB Remove SD I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O D1 DO 4 3 2 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Recessed Reset Button

The reset button is used to reset the system or restore the factory default settings. Sometimes resetting the system can return the video server to normal operation. If the system problems remain after reset, restore the factory settings and install again.

Reset: Press and release the recessed reset button using a straightened paper clip. Wait for the video server to reboot.

Restore: Press and hold the reset button down until the status LED rapidly blinks. It takes about 30 seconds. Note that all settings will be restored to factory default. Upon successful restore, the status LED will blink green and red during normal operation.

Network Deployment

Setting up the Video Server over the Internet

This section explains how to configure the video server to an Internet connection.

  1. Make video connection from the camera to the BNC video input.

  2. Make audio connection from the Line-Out audio source to the RCA audio input.

Vivotek VS8801 - Setting up the Video Server over the Internet - 1

text_image Analog Camera 1 2
  1. Connect the Video Server to a switch via Ethernet cable.

  2. Connect the power cable from the Video Server to a power outlet.

  3. If you have external devices such as sensors and alarms, connect them to the general I/O terminal block. For detailed pin definition, please refer to the next page.

Vivotek VS8801 - Setting up the Video Server over the Internet - 2

text_image GbE Ethernet Switch

There are several ways to set up the video server over the Internet. The first way is to set up the video server behind a router. The second way is to utilize a static IP. The third way is to use PPPoE.

Internet connection via a router

Before setting up the video server over the Internet, make sure you have a router and follow the steps below.

  1. Connect your video server behind a router, the Internet environment is illustrated below. Regarding how to obtain your IP address, please refer to Software Installation on page 12 for details.

Vivotek VS8801 - Internet connection via a router - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Internet"] --> B["Cable or DSL Modem"]
    B --> C["WAN (Wide Area Network) Router IP address : from ISP"]
    C --> D["LAN (Local Area Network) Router IP address : 192.168.0.1"]
    D --> E["IP address : 192.168.0.3\nSubnet mask : 255.255.255.0\nDefault router : 192.168.0.1"]
    D --> F["IP address : 192.168.0.2\nSubnet mask : 255.255.255.0\nDefault router : 192.168.0.1"]
  1. In this case, if the Local Area Network (LAN) IP address of your Video server is 192.168.0.3, please forward the following ports for the Video server on the router.

■ HTTP port
■ RTSP port
■ RTP port for audio
■ RTCP port for audio
■ RTP port for video
■ RTCP port for video

If you have changed the port numbers on the Network page, please open the ports accordingly on your router. For information on how to forward ports on the router, please refer to your router's user's manual.

  1. Find out the public IP address of your router provided by your ISP (Internet Service Provider). Use the public IP and the secondary HTTP port to access the Video server from the Internet. Please refer to Network Type on page 35 for details.

Internet connection with static IP

Choose this connection type if you are required to use a static IP for the Video server. Please refer to LAN on page 35 for details.

Internet connection via PPPoE (Point-to-Point over Ethernet)

Choose this connection type if you are connected to the Internet via a DSL Line. Please refer to PPPoE on page 36 for details.

Software Installation

Installation Wizard 2 (IW2), free-bundled software included on the product CD, helps you set up your video server on the LAN.

  1. Install IW2 under the Software Utility directory from the software CD. Double click the IW2 shortcut on your desktop to launch the program.

Vivotek VS8801 - Software Installation - 1

text_image Installation Wizard 2
  1. The program will conduct an analysis of your network environment. After your network environment is analyzed, please click Next to continue the program.

Vivotek VS8801 - Software Installation - 2

text_image Installation Wizard 2 - Network Environment Analysis Installation Wizard 2 The wizard is analyzing your network environment. Please wait a moment. Exit Cancel Installation Wizard 2 - Network Type Your network environment was analyzed as below. Private DHCP Cable/DSL modem Router IP Camera PC Next
  1. The program will search for all VIVOTEK network devices on the same LAN.
  2. After a brief search, the main installer window will prompt. Double-click on the MAC and model name which matches the product label on your device to connect to the Network Camera via a web browser.

Vivotek VS8801 - Software Installation - 3

text_image Video Server VIVOTEK Model No: VS8801 CE xxxxx MAC:0002D1730202 FC Class A VCI Ro HS Made in Taiwan

Vivotek VS8801 - Software Installation - 4

text_image Installation Wizard 2 Device Selection Select a device to setup as upgrade MAC IP Address Model 00-02-D1-73-02-02 192.168.5.151 VS8801 0002D1730202 Please check the MAC and model name in the product label of your device first. Then, you can start to link to your device and show the main screen by double clicking the item in the above selection list. If you are not able to find your device in the above selection list, please make sure all cables are properly connected to your device and then click on the "Refresh Devices" button. Network Camera MAC NO: FZ112 0560 (1) MAC 0002D1730202 You can find the product label in the rear/bottom part of your device.

Ready to Use

  1. A browser session with the Video Server should prompt as shown below.
  2. You should be able to see live video from your camera. You may also install the 32-channel recording software from the software CD in a deployment consisting of multiple cameras. For its installation details, please refer to its related documents.

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 1

VIVOTEK

Video stream Ch1:Stream 1

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 2

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 3

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 4

Manual trigger:
Digital output:
Digital input:

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 5

Client settings

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 6

Configuration

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 7

Language

Powered by

VIVOTEK

Video Server
Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 8

natural_image Interior view of a modern living room with white furniture, wooden flooring, and large windows (no visible text or symbols)

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 9

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 10

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 11

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 12

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 13

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 14

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 15

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 16

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 17

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 18

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 19

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 20

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 21

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 22

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 23

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 24

Vivotek VS8801 - Ready to Use - 25

Accessing the Video Server

This chapter explains how to access the video server through web browsers, RTSP players, 3GPP-compatible mobile devices, and VIVOTEK recording software.

Using Web Browsers

Use Installation Wizard 2 (IW2) to access to the video servers on the LAN.

If your network environment is not a LAN, follow these steps to access the Network Camera:

  1. Launch your web browser (ex. Microsoft® Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, or Netscape).
  2. Enter the IP address of the video server in the address field. Press Enter.
  3. The live video will be displayed in your web browser.
  4. If it is the first time installing the VIVOTEK video server, an information bar will pop up as shown below. Follow the instructions to install the required plug-ins on your computer.

Vivotek VS8801 - Using Web Browsers - 1

text_image VIV/OTEK Video Server This is a phagoc (check). If you see this best, your browser is not supported or automatic. Accessed. Information Set Did you notice that Information Set? For continued the best user when interested in the following: you can create a new download help and let us like it? You have been displayed instead, but to be information for just the top of your website. Through the message again I am about the Information Set...

Vivotek VS8801 - Using Web Browsers - 2

text_image VIVOTEK Video Server Available Platform Options For Existing platforms to install: ■ Active platforms Some platforms are available for existing software or other services. Please check to install these platforms.

Vivotek VS8801 - Using Web Browsers - 3

NOTE:

By default, the video server is not password-protected. To prevent unauthorized access, it is highly recommended to set a password for the video server. For more information about how to enable password protection, please refer to Security on page 28.
If you see a dialog box indicating that your security settings prohibit running ActiveX ^ Controls, please enable the ActiveX ^ Controls for your browser.

  1. Choose Tools > Internet Options > Security > Custom Level.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 1

text_image Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings. Internet Local Intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet This zone contains all Web sites you haven't placed in other zones Security level for this zone Custom Custom settings: To change the settings, click Custom Level. To use the recommended settings, click Default Level. Custom Level... Default Level OK Cancel Apply
  1. Look for Download signed ActiveX® controls; select Enable or Prompt. Click OK.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 2

text_image Security Settings Settings: ActiveX controls and plug-ins Download signed ActiveX controls Disable Enable Prompt Download unsigned ActiveX controls Disable Enable Prompt Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe Disable Enable Prompt Pure ActiveX controls and plug-ins Reset custom settings Reset to: Medium Reset OK Cancel
  1. Refresh your web browser, then install the Active X^® control. Follow the instructions to complete installation.

Using RTSP Players

To view the MPEG-4 streaming media using RTSP players, you can use one of the following players that support RTSP streaming.

Vivotek VS8801 - Using RTSP Players - 1

Quick Time Player

Vivotek VS8801 - Using RTSP Players - 2

Real Player

  1. Launch the RTSP player.
  2. Choose File > Open URL. A URL dialog box will pop up.
  3. The address format is rtsp://:/

As most ISPs and players only allow RTSP streaming through port number 554, please set the RTSP port to 554. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 48.

For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Using RTSP Players - 3

text_image Open URL Enter an Internet URL to open: r1sp://192.168.5.151:554/live.sdp OK Cancel
  1. The live video will be displayed in your player.

For more information on how to configure the RTSP access name, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 48 for details.

Vivotek VS8801 - Using RTSP Players - 4

natural_image Interior view of a modern living room with white furniture and large windows (no visible text or symbols)

Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices

To view the streaming media through 3GPP-compatible mobile devices, make sure the video server can be accessed over the Internet. For more information on how to set up the video server over the Internet, please refer to Setup the video server over the Internet on page 10.

To utilize this feature, please check the following settings on your video server:

  1. Because most players on 3GPP mobile phones do not support RTSP authentication, make sure the authentication mode of RTSP streaming is set to disable.
    For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 48.

  2. As the bandwidth on 3G networks is limited, you will not be able to use a large video size. Please set the video and audio streaming parameters as listed below.

Video Mode MPEG-4
Frame size QCIF
Maximum frame rate 5 fps
Intra frame period 1S
Video quality (Constant bit rate) 40kbps
Audio type (G.711) 64kbps
  1. As most ISPs and players only allow RTSP streaming through port number 554, please set the RTSP port to 554. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 48.

  2. Launch the player on the 3GPP-compatible mobile devices (ex. Real Player).

  3. Type the following URL commands into the player.

The address format is rtsp://:/.

For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices - 1

text_image Open URL Enter an Internet URL to open: rftp://192.168.5.151:554/lve.sdp OK Cancel

Using VIVOTEK Recording Software

The product software CD also contains recording software, allowing simultaneous monitoring and video recording for multiple video servers. Please install the recording software; then launch the program to add the video server to the Channel list. For detailed information about how to use the recording software, please refer to the user's manual of the software or download it from http://www.vivotek.com.

Vivotek VS8801 - Using VIVOTEK Recording Software - 1

text_image VYVTR Station1(27.0.0.1) Camera IP7132 F07141 P27132 IP7330 F07130 F07161 Control crew Cauder Highway Terminal Stadium IP7160 IP7130 IP8161 IP7361 PT6124 Hall Platform Maincase Marcksmart Lounge Factory SD8131 F07361 IP7251 IP7151 IP7152 IZ7151 PT6154 Airport Zoo Platform Theater Shipyard Hotel Customs IP7133 P77131 P77132 P77133 P77137 P76112 PT6122 Store Library Elevator Site Square Hampar Vault IP7132 IP7139 IP7142 IP6112v SO6112v F07131 SD7151 Platform Carrier Counter Seltresee Parking Celler School

Main Page

This chapter explains the layout of the main page. It is composed of the following sections: VIVOTEK INC. Logo, Host Name, Camera Control Area, Configuration Area, Menu, and Live Video Window. The Manual Trigger and Digital Input/Digital Output control menus are expandable and collapsible, while the PTZ navigation panel is available only when a PTZ camera is attached.

Vivotek VS8801 - Main Page - 1

text_image VIVOTEK INC. Logo Video Stream VIVOTEK Camera Control Area Manual Trigger Area DI/O Control Area Configuration Area Video Server Host Name Live View Window Client settings Configuration Licensee

Click this logo to visit the VIVOTEK website.

Host Name

The host name can be customized to fit your needs. For more information, please refer to System settings on page 26.

Camera Control Area

Video Stream: VS8401 supports 4 channels for video live viewing, as VS8801 supports 8 channels. Each channel allows you to view only one stream. There are channel1,2,3,4,(5,6,7,8),and Quad View for you to choose. For more information about video settings, please refer to page 56 for detailed information.

PTZ Control Area: The up/down/left/right/zoom/focus/pan buttons allow you to adjust the video in the viewing window to the spot you wish to watch. Home button allows you to resume the center of the screen. Click Patrol to move from one point to another; click it again to stop patrolling. Click Stop to stop the pan movement. Please refer to Configuration > Camera Control on page 68 for more information.

Pan/Tilt/Zoom Speed: In the drop-down list, the speed ranges from -5\~5 (slow/fast).

Vivotek VS8801 - Camera Control Area - 1

text_image - Zoom + - Focus + Pan Stop Patrol

Manual Trigger Area

Click to enable/disable an event trigger manually. Please configure an event setting on Application page before enable this function. A total of 4 event settings can be configured. For more information about event settings, please refer to page 79.

If you want to hide this item on the homepage, please go to the Homepage layout page to uncheck "show manual trigger button". Please refer to page 75 for detail.

DI/O Control Area

Digital output: There are 4 (VS8401) or 8 (VS8801) digital output switches; click to turn the digital output device on or off. Switch 1 is for channel 1 digital output control, switch 2 is for channel 2 digital output control, and so on.

Digital input: There are 4 (VS8401) or 8 (VS8801) digital input status indicators. A Red indicator shows the digital input status is active, while the white indicator shows inactive. ▼ Digital input:

Vivotek VS8801 - DI/O Control Area - 1

Configuration Area

Client Settings: Click this button to access the client setting page. For more information, please refer to Client Settings on page 22.

Configuration: Click this button to access the configuration page of the video server. It is suggested that a password be applied to the video server so that only the administrator can configure the video server. For more information, please refer to Configuration on page 25.

Language: Click this button to choose a language for the user interface. Language options are available in: English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語, Português, 簡体中文, and 繁體中文.

Live Video Window

Vivotek VS8801 - Live Video Window - 1

text_image MPEG-4 Protocol and Media Options Video Title Video (UDP-AV) 2011/1/19 14:46:09 Time Title and Time Video 14:46:09 2011/01/19 Go to Select one Video a

Video Title: The video title can be configured. For more information, please refer to Video settings on page 56.

MPEG-4 Protocol and Media Options: The transmission protocol and media options for MPEG-4 video streaming. For further configuration, please refer to Client settings on page 22.

Time: Display the current time. For further configuration, please refer to Video settings on page 56.

Title and Time: The video title and time can be stamped on the streaming video. For further configuration, please refer to Video settings on page 56. Video and Audio Control Buttons: Depending on the video server model and video server configuration, some buttons may not be available.

Snapshot: Click this button to capture and save still images. The captured images will be displayed in a pop-up window. Right-click the image and choose Save Picture As to save it in JPEG (*.jpg) or BMP (*.bmp) format.

Digital Zoom: Click and uncheck "Disable digital zoom" to enable the zoom operation. The navigation screen indicates the part of the image being magnified. To control the zoom level, drag the slider bar. To move to a different area you want to magnify, drag the navigation screen.

Vivotek VS8801 - Live Video Window - 2

text_image Disable digital zoom Zoom Factor: 100% 100% 400%

Pause: Pause the transmission of the streaming media. The button becomes the Resume button after clicking the Pause button.

Stop: Stop the transmission of the streaming media. Click the Resume button to continue transmission.

Start MP4 Recording: Click this button to record video clips in MP4 file format to your computer. Press the □ Stop MP4 Recording button to end recording. When you exit the web browser, video recording stops accordingly. To specify the storage destination and file name, please refer to MP4 saving options on page 23 for details.

Volume: When the Mute function is not activated, move the slider bar to adjust the volume on the local computer.

Mute: Turn off the volume on the local computer. The button becomes the Audio On button after clicking the Mute button.

Talk: Click this button to talk to people around the video server. Audio will project from the external speaker connected to the video server. Click this button again to end talking transmission.

Broadcast: Click this button to broadcast to all channels.

Mic Volume: When the Mute function is not activated, move the slider bar to adjust the microphone volume on the local computer.

Mute: Turn off the Mic volume on the local computer. The button becomes the Mic On button after clicking the Mute button.

Full Screen: Click this button to switch to full screen mode. Press the "Esc" key to switch back to normal mode.

Go to: The drop-down menu enables you to locate and move to a preset location instantly on the viewing window.

Client settings

This chapter explains how to select the stream transmission mode and saving options on the local computer. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save on the page bottom to enable the settings.

H.264 / MPEG-4 media options

H.264/MPEG-4 media options

Video and audio
Video only
Audio only

Select to stream video or audio data or both. This is enabled only when the video mode is set to H.264 or MPEG-4.

H.264 / MPEG-4 protocol options

H.264/MPEG-4 protocol options

○ UDP unicast
○ UDP multicast
TCP
© HTTP

Depending on your network environment, there are four transmission modes of H.264 or MPEG-4 streaming:

UDP unicast: This protocol allows for more real-time audio and video streams. However, network packets may be lost due to network burst traffic and images may be broken. Activate UDP connection when occasions require time-sensitive responses and the video quality is less important. Note that each unicast client connecting to the server takes up additional bandwidth and the video server allows up to ten simultaneous accesses.

UDP multicast: This protocol allows multicast-enabled routers to forward network packets to all clients requesting streaming media. This helps to reduce the network transmission load of the video server while serving multiple clients at the same time. Note that to utilize this feature, the video server must be configured to enable multicast streaming at the same time. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 48.

TCP: This protocol guarantees the complete delivery of streaming data and thus provides better video quality. The downside of this protocol is that its real-time effect is not as good as that of the UDP protocol.

HTTP: This protocol allows the same quality as TCP protocol without needing to open specific ports for streaming under some network environments. Users inside a firewall can utilize this protocol to allow streaming data through.

MP4 saving options

Vivotek VS8801 - MP4 saving options - 1

text_image MP4 saving options Folder: C:\Record Browse... File name prefix: CLIP ✓ Add date and time suffix to file name

Users can record live video as they are watching it by clicking Start MP4 Recording on the main page. Here, you can specify the storage destination and file name.

Folder: Specify a storage destination for the recorded video files.

File name prefix: Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the video file name.

Add date and time suffix to the file name: Select this option to append the date and time to the end of the file name.

Vivotek VS8801 - MP4 saving options - 2

text_image CLIP_20110114-180853 File name prefix Date and time suffix The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Quadview settings

Vivotek VS8801 - Quadview settings - 1

text_image Quadslew Settings Select which stream to be used in Quad View Mode Channel Stream 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2

Here is where you configure which video streams will be displayed in the Quad View window. The default is the stream 2 with a lower resolution.

Local Streaming Buffer Time

Vivotek VS8801 - Local Streaming Buffer Time - 1

text_image Local Streaming Buffer Time 0 Millisecond

Vivotek VS8801 - Local Streaming Buffer Time - 2

Due to the unsteady bandwidth flow, the live streaming may lag and not be very smoothly. If you enable this option, the live streaming will be stored on the camera's buffer area for a few seconds before playing on the live viewing window. This will help you see the streaming more smoothly. If you enter 3000 Millisecond, the streaming will delay 3 seconds.

Joystick settings

Joystick settings

Selected joystick: CH PRODUCTS IP DESKTOP CONTROLLER

Calibrate

Configure buttons

Calibrate: Make sure a joystick is already attached to your COM port or USB port on your client computer. Click on the Calibrate button and the Windows Game Controller function will be started. If properly connected, your operating system should have already detected the joystick. Follow the onscreen instructions to calibrate your joystick.

Vivotek VS8801 - Joystick settings - 1

text_image Game Controllers These settings help you configure the game controllers installed on your computer. Installed game controllers Controller Status CH PRODUCTS IP DESK TOP CONTROLLER OK Add... Remove Properties Advanced... Troubleshoot... OK

Vivotek VS8801 - Joystick settings - 2

text_image Settings Test Test the game controller. If the controller is not functioning properly, it may need to be calibrated. To calibrate it, go to the Settings page. Axes + X Axis / Y Axis Slid.. Z Ro.. Buttons 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Point of View Hat OK Cancel Apply

Configure buttons: You can define individual joystick buttons using this function. Click to open a configuration window and assign functions to joystick buttons using the following steps: 1. Select a button using the pull-down menu. 2. Select an Action to be toggled by the button. 3. Click on the Assign button, and then repeat the process to define other buttons.

Vivotek VS8801 - Joystick settings - 3

text_image >Joystick settings Actions: Toogle play/pause Button: 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Button Assigned actions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Toogle play/pause Snapshot Assign Delete

Vivotek VS8801 - Joystick settings - 4

text_image >Joystick settings Actions: Full screen Toogle play/pause Stop streaming Snapshot Full screen Start/stop recording Button 1 Pan 2 Patrol 3 Stop 4 Zoom in 5 Zoom out 6 Digital output on/off 1 7 Digital output on/off 2 8 Digital output on/off 3 9 Digital output on/off 4 10 Preset 1 11 Preset 2 12 Preset 3 13 Preset 4 14 Preset 5 15 Preset 6 Assign Delete

Configuration

Click Configuration on the main page to enter the camera setting pages. Note that only Administrators can access the configuration page.

VIVOTEK offers an easy-to-use user interface that helps you set up your video server with minimal effort. To simplify the setting procedure, two types of user interfaces are available: Advanced Mode for professional users and Basic Mode for entry-level users. Some advanced functions (HTTPS/ SNMP/ Access list/ Homepage layout/ Application/ System log/ View parameters) are not displayed in Basic Mode.

If you want to set up advanced functions, please click [Advanced mode] on the bottom of the configuration list to quickly switch to Advanced Mode.

In order to simplify the user interface, the detailed information will be hidden unless you click on the function item. When you click on the first sub-item, the detailed information for the first sub-item will be displayed; when you click on the second sub-item, the detailed information for the second sub-item will be displayed and that of the first sub-item will be hidden.

The following is the interface of the Basic mode and the Advanced mode:

Basic mode
Vivotek VS8801 - Configuration - 1

text_image VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Configuration >System Home System Security Network Express link DDNS Digital I/O Audio and video Motion detection Camera tampering detection Camera control Maintenance [ Advanced mode ] Version: 0100h System Host name: Video Server Turn off the LED indicator Configuration List System time Keep current date and time Synchronize with computer time Manual Automatic Save Click to switch to Advanced Mode Firmware Version

Advanced mode

Vivotek VS8801 - Advanced mode - 1

text_image VIVOTEK VIVOTEK.COM Configuration >System Home System Security HTTPS SNMP Network Express link DDNS Access list Digital I/O Audio and video Motion deflection Camera tampering deflection Camera control Homepage layout Application Recording Local storage System log View parameters Maintenance [ Basic mode ] Version 0106 System Host name: Video Server Turn off the LED indicator System time Time zone GMT+08.00 Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei Note: You can upload your Daylight Saving Time rules on Maintenance page or use the camera default value. Keep current date and time Synchronize with computer time Manual Automatic Save Configuration List Click to switch to Basic Mode Firmware Version

Each function on the configuration list will be explained in the following sections. Those functions that are displayed only in Advanced Mode are marked with Advanced mode. If you want to set up advanced functions, please click [Advanced Mode] at the bottom of the configuration list to quickly switch over.

System

This section explains how to configure the basic settings for the video server, such as the host name and system time. It is composed of the following three columns: System, System Time and DI and DO. When finished with the settings on this page, click Save at the bottom of the page to enable the settings.

System

Vivotek VS8801 - System - 1

text_image System Host name: Video Server Turn off the LED indicator

Host name: Enter a desired name for the video server. The text will be displayed at the top of the main page.

Turn off the LED indicators: If you do not want to let others know that the video server is in operation, you can select this option to turn off the LED indicators.

System time

System time

Time zone: GMT+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei

Note: You can upload your Daylight Saving Time rules on Maintenance page or use the camera default value.

Keep current date and time
Synchronize with computer time
© Manual
Automatic

Keep current date and time: Select this option to preserve the current date and time of the Video server. The video server's internal real-time clock maintains the date and time even when the power of the system is turned off.

Sync with computer time: Select this option to synchronize the date and time of the video server with the local computer. The read-only date and time of the PC is displayed as updated.

Manual: The administrator can enter the date and time manually. Note that the date and time format are [yyyy/mm/dd] and [hh:mm:ss].

Automatic: The Network Time Protocol is a protocol which synchronizes computer clocks by periodically querying an NTP Server.

NTP server: Assign the IP address or domain name of the time-server. Leaving the text box blank connects the video server to the default time servers.

Update interval: Select to update the time using the NTP server on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis.

Time zone Advanced Mode: Select the appropriate time zone from the list. If you want to upload Daylight Savings Time rules on the Maintenance page, please refer to Upload / Export daylight saving time configuration file on page 102 for details.

Security

This section explains how to enable password protection and create multiple accounts.

Root password

Vivotek VS8801 - Root password - 1

text_image Root password Note: Leaving the root password field empty means the camera will not be protected by password. Root password: ************ Confirm root password: ************ Save

The administrator account name is "root", which is permanent and can not be deleted. If you want to add more accounts in the Manage User column, please apply the password for the "root" account first.

  1. Type the password identically in both text boxes, then click Save to enable password protection.
  2. A window will be prompted for authentication; type the correct user's name and password in their respective fields to access the video server.

Manage privilege

Advanced Mode

Vivotek VS8801 - Advanced Mode - 1

text_image Manage privilege Operator Viewer Digital output: ✓ ✓ PTZ control: ✓ ✓ Allow anonymous viewing Save

Digital Output & PTZ control: You can modify the manage privilege of operators or viewers. Check or uncheck the item, then click Save to enable the settings. If you give Viewers the privilege, Operators will also have the ability to control the video server through the main page. (Please refer to Main Page on page 19.)

Allow anonymous viewing: If you check this item, any client can access the live stream without entering a User ID and Password.

Manage user

Vivotek VS8801 - Manage user - 1

text_image Manage user Existing user name: --Add new user-- User name: User password: Confirm user password: Privilege: Administrator Administrator Operator Viewer Delete Add Update

Administrators can add up to 20 user accounts.

  1. Input the new user's name and password.
  2. Select the privilege level for the new user account. Click Add to enable the setting.

Access rights are sorted by user privilege (Administrator, Operator, and Viewer). Only administrators can access the Configuration page. Though operators cannot access the Configuration page, they can use the URL Commands to get and set the value of parameters. For more information, please refer to URL Commands of the video server on page 105. Viewers access only the main page for live viewing.

Here you also can change a user's access rights or delete user accounts.

  1. Select an existing account to modify.
  2. Make necessary changes and click Update or Delete to enable the setting.

HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL) Advanced Mode

This section explains how to enable authentication and encrypted communication over SSL (Secure Socket Layer). It helps protect streaming data transmission over the Internet on higher security level.

Enable HTTPS

Check this item to enable HTTPS communication, then select a connection option: "HTTP & HTTPS" or "HTTPS only". Note that you have to create and install a certificate first in the second column before clicking the Save button.

Vivotek VS8801 - Enable HTTPS - 1

text_image Enable HTTPS *To enable HTTPS, you have to create and install certificate first. Enable HTTPS secure connection: HTTP & HTTPS HTTPS only Save Create and install certificate method Create self-signed certificate automatically Create self-signed certificate manually: Create certificate request and install:

Create and install certificate method

Before using HTTPS for communication with the video server, a Certificate must be created first. There are three ways to create and install a certificate:

Create self-signed certificate automatically

  1. Select this option.
  2. In the first column, check Enable HTTPS secure connection, then select a connection option: "HTTP & HTTPS" or "HTTPS only".
  3. Click Save to generate a certificate.

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate automatically - 1

text_image Enable HTTPS *To enable HTTPS, you have to create and install certificate first. Enable HTTPS secure connection: HTTP & HTTPS HTTPS only Save Create and install certificate method Create self-sign Please wait while the certificate is being generated... Create self-sign Create certificat Certificate information Status: Not installed Property Remove
  1. The Certificate Information will automatically de displayed in the third column as shown below. You can click Property to view detailed information about the certificate.

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate automatically - 2

text_image Certificate information Status: Active Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: Vivotek.Inc Organization Unit: Vivotek.Inc Common name: www.vivotek.com Property Remove
  1. Click Home to return to the main page. Change the address from "http://" to "https://" in the address bar and press Enter on your keyboard. Some Security Alert dialogs will pop up. Click OK or Yes to enable HTTPS.

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate automatically - 3

text_image https:// Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address https://192.168.5.151/index.html VIVOTEK Video Stream Ch1:Stream 1 Zoom Focus Pan Stop Panel Pan speed 0 Tilt speed 0 Zoom speed 0 Manual trigger Digital output Video Server (UDP-V) 2011/1/14 14:14:3 Security Alert You are about to view pages over a secure connection. Any information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed by anyone else on the Web. In the future, do not show this warning OK More Info

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate automatically - 4

text_image Security Alert Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or changed by others. However, there is a problem with the site's security certificate. The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust. View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority. The security certificate date is valid. The name on the security certificate is invalid or does not match the name of the site Do you want to proceed? Yes No View Certificate

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate automatically - 5

text_image Security Information This page contains both secure and nonsecure items. Do you want to display the nonsecure items? Yes No More Info

Create self-signed certificate manually

  1. Select this option.
  2. Click Create to open the Create Certificate page, then click Save to generate the certificate.

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate manually - 1

text_image Create and install certificate method Create self-signed certificate automatically Create self-signed certificate manually: Self-signed certificate: Create Create certificate request and install: Create Certificate Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: Vivotek.Inc Organization Unit: Vivotek.Inc Common name: www.vivotek.com Validity: 3650 days Save Close Please wait while the certificate is being generated...
  1. The Certificate Information will automatically be displayed in the third column as shown below. You can click Property to see detailed information about the certificate.

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate manually - 2

text_image Certificate information Status: Active Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: Vivotek.Inc Organization Unit: Vivotek.Inc Common name: www.vivotek.com Property Remove

Create certificate and install : Select this option if you want to create a certificate from a certificate authority.

  1. Select this option.
  2. Click Create to open the Create Certificate page, then click Save to generate the certificate.

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate manually - 3

text_image Create and install certificate method ○ Create self-signed certificate automatically ○ Create self-signed certificate manually: ● Create certificate request and install: Certificate request: Create Select certificate file: Browse... Upload

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate manually - 4

text_image Create Certificate Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: Vivotek.Inc Organization Unit: Vivotek.Inc Common name: www.vivotek.com Validity: 3650 days Save Close Please wait while the certificate is being generated...
  1. If you see the following Information bar, click OK and click on the Information bar at the top of the page to allow pop-ups.

Vivotek VS8801 - Create self-signed certificate manually - 5

text_image HTTPS - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address http://192.168.5.151/setup/https.html Pop-up blocked. To see this pop-up or additional options click here... VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com >HTTPS Home System Security HTTPS SNMP Network Information Bar Did you notice the Information Bar? The Information Bar alerts you when Internet Explorer blocks a pop-up window or file download that might not be safe. If a Web page does not display properly, look for the Information Bar (near the top of your browser). Do not show this message again. Learn about the Information Bar... OK
  1. The pop-up window shows an example of a certificate request.

Create Certificate Request Completed

Copy the PEM format request below and send it to a CA for identify validation. After that, you have to install it by clicking the "Upload" button on HTTPS page.

Certificate Request (PEM format)

----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST----

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

----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----

  1. Look for a trusted certificate authority that issues digital certificates. Enroll the video server. Wait for the certificate authority to issue a SSL certificate; click Browse... to search for the issued certificate, then click Upload in the second column.

Vivotek VS8801 - Certificate Request (PEM format) - 1

text_image Create and install certificate method Create self-signed certificate automatically Create self-signed certificate manually: Create certificate request and install: Certificate request: Create Select certificate file: Browse... Upload Certificate information Status: Waiting for certificated Property Remove

Vivotek VS8801 - Certificate Request (PEM format) - 2

NOTE:

▶ How do I cancel the HTTPS settings?

  1. Uncheck Enable HTTPS secure connection in the first column and click Save; a warning dialog will pop up.
  2. Click OK to disable HTTPS.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 1

text_image Enable HTTPS *To enable HTTPS, you have to create and install certificate first. Enable HTTPS secure connection: Microsoft Internet Explorer This will stop the HTTPS service, do you really want to stop it? OK Cancel Save Create and install certificate method Create self-signed certificate automatically Create self-signed certificate manually
  1. The webpage will redirect to a non-HTTPS page automatically.

If you want to create and install other certificates, please remove the existing one. To remove the signed certificate, uncheck Enable HTTPS secure connection in the first column and click Save. Then click Remove to erase the certificate.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 2

text_image Certificate information Status: Active Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Microsoft Internet Explorer Are you sure you want to delete the certificate? Organization: Organization Unit: Common name: Property Remove Microsoft Internet Explorer ?

SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) Advanced Mode

This section explains how to use the SNMP on the video server. The Simple Network Management Protocol is an application layer protocol that facilitates the exchange of management information between network devices. It helps network administrators to remotely manage network devices and find, solve network problems with ease.

■ The SNMP consists of the following three key components:

  1. Manager: Network-management station (NMS), a server which executes applications that monitor and control managed devices.
  2. Agent: A network-management software module on a managed device which transfers the status of managed devices to the NMS.
  3. Managed device: A network node on a managed network. For example: routers, switches, bridges, hubs, computer hosts, printers, IP telephones, video servers, web server, and database.

Before configuring SNMP settings on the this page, please enable your NMS first.

SNMP Configuration

Enable SNMPv1, SNMPv2c

Select this option and enter the names of Read/Write community and Read Only community according to your NMS settings.

Enable SNMPv1, SNMPv2c

SNMPv1, SNMPv2c Settings

Read/Write community:

Private

Read only community:

Public

Enable SNMPv3

This option contains cryptographic security, a higher security level, which allows you to set the Authentication password and the Encryption password.

■ Security name: According to your NMS settings, choose Read/Write or Read Only and enter the community name.
■ Authentication type: Select MD5 or SHA as the authentication method.
■ Authentication password: Enter the password for authentication (at least 8 characters).
■ Encryption password: Enter a password for encryption (at least 8 characters).

Enable SNMPv3

SNMPv3 Settings

Read/Write security name:

Private

Authentication type:

MD5

Authentication password:

The Ground Truth image displays a single, solid horizontal line. According to Rule 2 (UNDERSCORE & LINE RULES), this is a stylistic or background line, not a placeholder underscore. Therefore, the OCR result must ignore it and output nothing or only meaningful text. The provided OCR content is "____", which consists of four underscores. This is an incorrect interpretation of the line as a placeholder, violating the rule that stylistic lines must be ignored. The OCR has hallucinated underscores where none should exist based on the GT's visual context. Hence, the OCR result is inconsistent with the Ground Truth.

Encryption password:

m = 311

Read only security name:

Public

Authentication type:

MD5

Authentication password:

m = 311

Encryption password:

Network

This section explains how to configure a wired network connection for the video server.

Network type

Vivotek VS8801 - Network type - 1

text_image Network type LAN: Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address: Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE: Enable IPv6 Save

LAN

Select this option when the video server is deployed on a local area network (LAN) and is intended to be accessed by local computers. The default setting for the Network Type is LAN. Remember to click Save when you complete the Network setting.

Get IP address automatically: Select this option to obtain an available dynamic IP address assigned by the DHCP server each time the camera is connected to the LAN.

Use fixed IP address: Select this option to manually assign a static IP address to the video server.

Vivotek VS8801 - LAN - 1

text_image Network type LAN: Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address: IP address: 172.16.2.110 Subnet mask: 255.255.0.0 Default router: 172.16.0.1 Primary DNS: 192.168.0.10 Secondary DNS: 192.168.0.20 Primary WINS server: 192.168.0.10 Secondary WINS server: 192.168.0.20 Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE: Enable IPv6

Save

  1. You can make use of VIVOTEK Installation Wizard 2 on the software CD to easily set up the Network Camera on LAN. Please refer to Software Installation on page 12 for details.
  2. Enter the Static IP, Subnet mask, Default router, and Primary DNS provided by your ISP.

Subnet mask: This is used to determine if the destination is in the same subnet. The default value is "255.255.255.0".

Default router: This is the gateway used to forward frames to destinations in a different subnet. Invalid router setting will fail the transmission to destinations in different subnet.

Primary DNS: The primary domain name server that translates hostnames into IP addresses.

Secondary DNS: Secondary domain name server that backups the Primary DNS.

Primary WINS server: The primary WINS server that maintains the database of computer name and IP address.

Secondary WINS server: The secondary WINS server that maintains the database of computer name and IP address.

Enable UPnP presentation: Select this option to enable UPnP ^TM presentation for your video server so that whenever a video server is presented to the LAN, shortcuts of connected video servers will be listed in My Network Places. You can click the shortcut to link to the web browser. Currently, UPnP ^TM is supported by Windows XP or later. Note that to utilize this feature, please make sure the UPnP ^TM component is installed on your computer.

Vivotek VS8801 - LAN - 2

text_image My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address My Network Places Go Network Tasks Local Network Add a network place View network connections Set up a home or small office network View workgroup computers Wireless Network Camera (192.168.5.128) Video Server (192.168.5.151) Wireless Network Camera with Pan/TIR (192.168.5.141)

Enable UPnP port forwarding: To access the video server from the Internet, select this option to allow the video server to open ports on the router automatically so that video streams can be sent out from a LAN. To utilize of this feature, make sure that your router supports UPnP ^TM and it is activated.

PPPoE (Point-to-point over Ethernet)

Select this option to configure your video server to make it accessible from anywhere as long as there is an Internet connection. Note that to utilize this feature, it requires an account provided by your ISP.

Follow the steps below to acquire your video server's public IP address.

  1. Set up the video server on the LAN.
  2. Go to Home > Configuration > Application > Server Settings (please refer to Server settings on page 85) to add a new email or FTP server.
  3. Go to Configuration > Application > Media Settings (please refer to Media Settings on page 88). Select System log so that you will receive the system log in TXT file format which contains the Network Camera's public IP address in your email or on the FTP server.
  4. Go to Configuration > Network > Network Type. Select PPPoE and enter the user name and password provided by your ISP. Click Save to enable the setting.

Vivotek VS8801 - PPPoE (Point-to-point over Ethernet) - 1

text_image Network type ○ LAN: ● PPPoE: User name: Password: Confirm password: □ Enable IPv6
  1. The video server will reboot.
  2. Disconnect the power to the video server; remove it from the LAN environment.

Vivotek VS8801 - PPPoE (Point-to-point over Ethernet) - 2

NOTE:

If the default ports are already used by other devices connected to the same router, the video server will select other ports for the video server.
If UPnP ^TM is not supported by your router, you will see the following message: Error: Router does not support UPnP port forwarding.
▶ Steps to enable the UPnP ^TM user interface on your computer: Note that you must log on to the computer as a system administrator to install the UPnP ^TM components.

  1. Go to Start, click Control Panel, then click Add or Remove Programs.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 1

text_image Control Panel Pick a category Applications and Services Services and Work Framework Infinees and Software Applications Data & Compens Active Economy Programme Sales, Volumes, Admissions, and Infrastructure Services Performance and Work Management
  1. In the Add or Remove Programs dialog box, click Add/Remove Windows Components.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 2

text_image Add or Remove Programs Currently installed programs: Sort by: Name Apple Software Update Pick here for support information. Size: 2.12MB Used: 76272007 Last Used On: 76272007 Change: Remove Add new Programs AddRemove Windows Components Installation Wizard Microsoft Office Professional Edition 2003 Modila Firefox (2.0.0.6) PostgreSQL 8.2 QuickTime Virtual Machine AddBoxe Vivtek Installation Wizard 2 VYHOTEX 377501 Windows Genuine Advantage Validation Tool (KB892130) Windows XP Hotfix - KB823559 Windows XP Hotfix - KB826741 Windows XP Hotfix - KB833407 Windows XP Hotfix - KB835732 Close
  1. In the Windows Components Wizard dialog box, select Networking Services and click Details.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 3

text_image Windows Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component, click the checkbox. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To see what's included in a component, click Details. Components: Message Drawing 0.0 MB MSN Explorer 13.5 MB Networking Services 0.2 MB Other Network File and Print Services 0.0 MB File Update Front Certificates 0.0 MB Description: Contains a variety of specialized, network related services and protocols. Total disk space requested 0.0 MB Space available on disk 12125.4 MB Details... < Back Next > Cancel
  1. In the Networking Services dialog box, select Universal Plug and Play and click OK.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 4

text_image Networking Services To add or remove a component, click the check box. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To see what's included in a component, click Details. Subcomponents of Networking Services: RIP Listener 0.0 MB Simple TCP/IP Services 0.0 MB Universal Plug and Play 0.2 MB Description: Listens for route updates sent by routers that use the Routing Information Protocol version 1 (RIPv1). Total disk space required: 0.0 MB Space available on disk: 12125.4 MB Details OK Cancel
  1. Click Next in the following window.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 5

text_image Windows Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component, click the checkbox. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To see what's included in a component, click Details. Components Message Queueing 0.0 MB MSN Explorer 135 MB Networking Services 0.3 MB Other Network File and Print Services 0.0 MB Update Float Certificates 0.0 MB Description: Contains a variety of specialized, network-related services and protocols. Total disk space required 0.0 MB Space available on disk: 12125.6 MB Details... < Back Next > Cancel
  1. Click Finish. UPnP ^TM is enabled.

▶ How does UPnP ^TM work?
UPnP ^TM networking technology provides automatic IP configuration and dynamic discovery of devices added to a network. Services and capabilities offered by networked devices, such as printing and file sharing, are available among each other without the need for cumbersome network configuration. In the case of video servers, you will see video server shortcuts under My Network Places.
Enabling UPnP port forwarding allows the video server to open a secondary HTTP port on the router-not HTTP port-meaning that you have to add the secondary HTTP port number to the video server's public address in order to access the video server from the Internet. For example, when the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080, refer to the list below for the video server's IP address.

From the Internet In LAN

http://203.67.124.123:8080 http://192.168.4.160 or

http://192.168.4.160:8080

If the PPPoE settings are incorrectly configured or the Internet access is not working, restore the video server to factory default; please refer to Restore on page 101 for details. After the video server is reset to factory default, it will be accessible on the LAN.

Enable IPv6

Select this option and click Save to enable IPv6 settings.

Please note that this only works if your network environment and hardware equipment support IPv6. The browser should be Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.5, Mozilla Firefox 3.0 or above.

Vivotek VS8801 - Enable IPv6 - 1

text_image Network type LAN: Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address: Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE: Enable IPv6 IPv6 information Manually setup the IP address Save

When IPv6 is enabled, by default, the video server will listen to router advertisements and be assigned with a link-local IPv6 address accordingly.

IPv6 Information: Click this button to obtain the IPv6 information as shown below.

Vivotek VS8801 - Enable IPv6 - 2

text_image IPv6 NET Information [eth0 address] IPv6 address list of host [Gateway] IPv6 address list of gateway [DNS] IPv6 address list of DNS

If your IPv6 settings are successful, the IPv6 address list will be listed in the pop-up window. The IPv6 address will be displayed as follows:

Refers to Ethernet

Vivotek VS8801 - Refers to Ethernet - 1

text_image [eth0 address] 2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4/64@Global fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4/64@Link [Gateway] fe80:211:d8ff:fea2:1a2b [DNS] 2010:05c0:978d::

Please follow the steps below to link to an IPv6 address:

  1. Open your web browser.
  2. Enter the link-global or link-local IPv6 address in the address bar of your web browser.
  3. The format should be:

Vivotek VS8801 - Refers to Ethernet - 2

text_image http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/ IPv6 address
  1. Press Enter on the keyboard or click Refresh button to refresh the webpage. For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Refers to Ethernet - 3

text_image Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/ VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com

Vivotek VS8801 - Refers to Ethernet - 4

NOTE:

If you have a Secondary HTTP port (the default value is 8080), you can also link to the webpage in the following address format: ( Please refer to HTTP on page 46 for detailed information.)

http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/:8080

IPv6 address

Secondary HTTP port

If you choose PPPoE as the Network Type, the [PPP0 address] will be displayed in the IPv6 information column as shown below. [eth0 address]

fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff:fe11:2299/64@Link

[ppp0 address]

fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff:fe11:2299/10@Link

2001:b100:01c0:0002:0202:d1ff:fe11:2299/64@Global

[Gateway]

fe80:90:1a00:4142:8ced

[DNS]

2001:6000::1

Manually setup the IP address: Select this option to manually set up IPv6 settings if your network environment does not have DHCPv6 server and router advertisements-enabled routers. If you check this item, the following blanks will be displayed for you to enter the corresponding information:

Enable IPv6

IPv6 information

√ Manually setup the IP address

Optional IP address / Prefix length

Optional default router

Optional primary DNS

/64

IEEE 802.1x Advanced Mode

Enable this function if your network environment uses IEEE 802.1x, which is a port-based network access control. The network devices, intermediary switch/access point/hub, and RADIUS server must support and enable 802.1x settings.

The 802.1x standard is designed to enhance the security of local area networks, which provides authentication to network devices (clients) attached to a network port (wired or wireless). If all certificates between client and server are verified, a point-to-point connection will be enabled; if authentication fails, access on that port will be prohibited. 802.1x utilizes an existing protocol, the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP), to facilitate communication.

■ The components of a protected network with 802.1x authentication:

Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x Advanced Mode - 1
Supplicant (Video Server)

Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x Advanced Mode - 2

Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x Advanced Mode - 3
Authenticator (Network Switch)

Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x Advanced Mode - 4

Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x Advanced Mode - 5
Authentication Server (RADIUS Server)

  1. Supplicant: A client end user (video server), which requests authentication.
  2. Authenticator (an access point or a switch): A "go between" which restricts unauthorized end users from communicating with the authentication server.
  3. Authentication server (usually a RADIUS server): Checks the client certificate and decides whether to accept the end user's access request.

■ VIVOTEK video servers support two types of EAP methods to perform authentication: EAP-PEAP and EAP-TLS.

Please follow the steps below to enable 802.1x settings:

  1. Before connecting the video server to the protected network with 802.1x, please apply a digital certificate from a Certificate Authority (ie. MIS of your company) which can be validated by a RADIUS server.
  2. Connect the video server to a PC or notebook outside of the protected LAN. Open the configuration page of the video server as shown below. Select EAP-PEAP or EAP-TLS as the EAP method. In the following blanks, enter your ID and password issued by the CA, then upload related certificate(s).

IEEE 802.1x

Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x - 1

Enable IEEE 802.1x

EAP method:

Identity:

Password:

CA certificate:

Status: no file

Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x - 2

text_image EAP-PEAP Browse... Upload Remove

IEEE 802.1x
Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x - 3

text_image Enable IEEE 802.1x EAP method: EAP-TLS Identity: Private key password: CA certificate: Browse... Upload Status: no file Remove Client certificate: Browse... Upload Status: no file Remove Client private key: Browse... Upload Status: no file Remove
  1. When all settings are complete, move the video server to the protected LAN by connecting it to an 802.1x enabled switch. The devices will then start the authentication automatically.

Vivotek VS8801 - IEEE 802.1x - 4

NOTE:

The authentication process for 802.1x:

  1. The Certificate Authority (CA) provides the required signed certificates to the video server (the supplicant) and the RADIUS Server (the authentication server).
  2. A video server requests access to the protected LAN using 802.1X via a switch (the authenticator). The client offers its identity and client certificate, which is then forwarded by the switch to the RADIUS Server, which uses an algorithm to authenticate the video server and returns an acceptance or rejection back to the switch.
  3. The switch also forwards the RADIUS Server's certificate to the video server.
  4. Assuming all certificates are validated, the switch then changes the video server's state to authorized and is allowed access to the protected network via a pre-configured port.

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Certificate"] --> B["VIVOTEK Video Server"]
    A --> C["Certificate Authority (CA)"]
    C --> D["Network Switch"]
    D --> E["RADIUS Server"]
    E --> F["Protected LAN"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

QoS (Quality of Service) Advanced Mode

Quality of Service refers to a resource reservation control mechanism, which guarantees a certain quality to different services on the network. Quality of service guarantees are important if the network capacity is insufficient, especially for real-time streaming multimedia applications. Quality can be defined as, for instance, a maintained level of bit rate, low latency, no packet dropping, etc.

The following are the main benefits of a QoS-aware network:

■ The ability to prioritize traffic and guarantee a certain level of performance to the data flow.

■ The ability to control the amount of bandwidth each application may use, and thus provide higher reliability and stability on the network.

Requirements for QoS

To utilize QoS in a network environment, the following requirements must be met:

■ All network switches and routers in the network must include support for QoS.

■ The network video devices used in the network must be QoS-enabled.

QoS models

CoS (the VLAN 802.1p model)

IEEE802.1p defines a QoS model at OSI Layer 2 (Data Link Layer), which is called CoS, Class of Service. It adds a 3-bit value to the VLAN MAC header, which indicates prioritization from 0\~7 (Eight different classes of service are available). The priority is set up on the network switches, which then use different queuing disciplines to forward the packets.

Below is the setting column for CoS. Enter the VLAN ID of your switch (0\~4095) and choose the priority for each application (0\~7).

Vivotek VS8801 - CoS (the VLAN 802.1p model) - 1

text_image CoS Enable CoS VLAN ID: 1 Live video: 0 ▼ Live audio: 0 ▼ Event/Alarm: 0 ▼ Management: 0 ▼

If you assign Video the highest level, the switch will handle video packets first.

Vivotek VS8801 - CoS (the VLAN 802.1p model) - 2

NOTE:

▶ The web browsing may fail if the CoS setting is incorrect.

Class of Service technologies do not guarantee a level of service in terms of bandwidth and delivery time; they offer a "best-effort." Users can think of CoS as "coarsely-grained" traffic control and QoS as "finely-grained" traffic control.

Although CoS is simple to manage, it lacks scalability and does not offer end-to-end guarantees since it is based on L2 protocol.

QoS/DSCP (the DiffServ model)

DSCP-ECN defines QoS at Layer 3 (Network Layer). The Differentiated Services (DiffServ) model is based on packet marking and router queuing disciplines. The marking is done by adding a field to the IP header, called the DSCP (Differentiated Services Codepoint). This is a 6-bit field that provides 64 different class IDs. It gives an indication of how a given packet is to be forwarded, known as the Per Hop Behavior (PHB). The PHB describes a particular service level in terms of bandwidth, queueing theory, and dropping (discarding the packet) decisions. Routers at each network node classify packets according to their DSCP value and give them a particular forwarding treatment; for example, how much bandwidth to reserve for it.

Below are the setting options of DSCP (DiffServ Codepoint). Specify the DSCP value for each application (0\~63).

Vivotek VS8801 - QoS/DSCP (the DiffServ model) - 1

text_image QoS/DSCP Enable QoS/DSCP Live video: 0 Live audio: 0 Event/Alarm: 0 Management: 0

Save

HTTP Advanced Mode

To utilize HTTP authentication, make sure that your have set a password for the video server first; please refer to Security on page 28 for details.

Vivotek VS8801 - HTTP Advanced Mode - 1

text_image HTTP Authentication: basic HTTP port: 80 Secondary HTTP port: 8080 Access Name Channel 1: video.mjpg Channel 5: video5.mjpg Channel 2: video2.mjpg Channel 6: video6.mjpg Channel 3: video3.mjpg Channel 7: video7.mjpg Channel 4: video4.mjpg Channel 8: video8.mjpg

Authentication: Depending on your network security requirements, the video server provides two types of security settings for an HTTP transaction: basic and digest.

If basic authentication is selected, the password is sent in plain text format and there can be potential risks of being intercepted. If digest authentication is selected, user credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm and thus provide better protection against unauthorized accesses.

HTTP port / Secondary HTTP port: By default, the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080. They can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535. If the ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning messages will be displayed:

Vivotek VS8801 - HTTP Advanced Mode - 2

text_image Microsoft Internet Explorer HTTP port must be 80 or from 1025 to 65535 OK

Vivotek VS8801 - HTTP Advanced Mode - 3

text_image Microsoft Internet Explorer Secondary HTTP port must be from 1025 to 65535 OK

To access the video server on the LAN, both the HTTP port and secondary HTTP port can be used to access the video server. For example, when the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080, refer to the list below for the video server's IP address.

on a LAN
http://192.168.4.160 or http://192.168.4.160:8080

Access name for channel 1\~4/8: VS8401 supports 4 channels for video live viewing, as VS8801 supports 8 channels. Each channel allows you to view only one stream. The access name is used to differentiate the streaming source. Users can go to Configuration >Audio and video >Video settings to set up the video quality of linked streams.

When using Mozilla Firefox or Netscape to access the video server and the video mode is set to JPEG, users will receive video comprised of continuous JPEG images. This technology, known as "server push", allows the video server to feed live pictures to Mozilla Firefox and Netscape.

URL command -- http://:/ For example, when the Access name for stream 2 is set to video2.mjpg:

  1. Launch Mozilla Firefox or Netscape.
  2. Type the above URL command in the address bar. Press Enter.
  3. The JPEG images will be displayed in your web browser.

Vivotek VS8801 - HTTP Advanced Mode - 4

text_image video2.mjpg (JPEG Image, 320x240 pixels) - Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help http://192.168.5.151/video2.mjpg Customize Links Free Hotmail Windows Media Windows

Vivotek VS8801 - HTTP Advanced Mode - 5

NOTE:

▶ Microsoft ^® Internet Explorer does not support server push technology; therefore, using http://:/ will fail to access the video server.

HTTPS

HTTPS

HTTPS port:

443

By default, the HTTPS port is set to 443. It can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

Two way audio

Two way audio

Two way audio port:

5060

By default, the two way audio port is set to 5060. Also, it can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

The video server supports two way audio communication so that operators can transmit and receive audio simultaneously. By using the video server's built-in or external microphone and an external speaker, you can communicate with people around the video server.

Note that as JPEG only transmits a series of JPEG images to the client, to enable the two-way audio function, make sure the video mode is set to "MPEG-4" on the Audio and Video Settings page and the media option is set to "Video and Audio" on the Client Settings page. Please refer to Client settings on page 22 and Audio and video settings on page 56.

Vivotek VS8801 - Two way audio - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Data Transmission"] --> B["Operating Device"]
    B --> C["Output Audio Transmitted to Operators"]
    C --> D["Taiwan"]
    D --> E["Generation Data"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

Audio is being transmitted to the Network Camera
Vivotek VS8801 - Two way audio - 2

text_image video1(TCP-AV) 2011/1/19 14:46:09 Talk Button Broadcast Mic Volume Mute

Click 📋 to enable audio transmission to the video server; click 📋 to broadcast; click 📋 to adjust the volume of microphone; click 📋 to turn off the audio. To stop talking, click 📋 again.

FTP

Vivotek VS8801 - FTP - 1

text_image FTP FTP port: 21

The FTP server allows the user to save recorded video clips. You can utilize VIVOTEK's Installation Wizard 2 to upgrade the firmware via FTP server. By default, the FTP port is set to 21. It also can be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

RTSP streaming

To utilize RTSP streaming authentication, make sure that you have set a password for the video server first; please refer to Security on page 28 for details.

Vivotek VS8801 - RTSP streaming - 1

text_image RTSP streaming Authentication: disable Access Name Channel 1: live.sdp Channel 5: live5.sdp Channel 2: live2.sdp Channel 6: live6.sdp Channel 3: live3.sdp Channel 7: live7.sdp Channel 4: live4.sdp Channel 8: live8.sdp RTSP port: 554 RTP port for video: 5556 RTCP port for video: 5557 RTP port for audio: 5558 RTCP port for audio: 5559

Authentication: Depending on your network security requirements, the video server provides three types of security settings for streaming via RTSP protocol: disable, basic, and digest.

If basic authentication is selected, the password is sent in plain text format, but there can be potential risks of it being intercepted. If digest authentication is selected, user credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm, thus providing better protection against unauthorized access.

The availability of the RTSP streaming for the three authentication modes is listed in the following table:

Quick Time player Real Player
Disable O O
Basic O O
Digest O X

Access name for channel 1 \~4/8: VS8401 supports 4 channels for video live viewing, as VS8801 supports 8 channels. Each channel allows you to view only one stream. The access name is used to differentiate the streaming source.

If you want to use an RTSP player to access the video server, you have to set the video mode to MPEG-4 and use the following RTSP URL command to request transmission of the streaming data.

rtsp://:/

For example, when the access name for stream 1 is set to live.sdp:

  1. Launch an RTSP player.
  2. Choose File > Open URL. A URL dialog box will pop up.
  3. Type the above URL command in the text box.
  4. The live video will be displayed in your player as shown below.

Vivotek VS8801 - RTSP streaming - 2

text_image Open URL Enter an Internet URL to open: http://192.168.5.151:554\live.scp OK Cancel

Vivotek VS8801 - RTSP streaming - 3

natural_image Interior view of a modern living room with wooden flooring, armchairs, and large windows (no visible text or symbols)

RTSP port /RTP port for video, audio/ RTCP port for video, audio

■ RTSP (Real-Time Streaming Protocol) controls the delivery of streaming media. By default, the port number is set to 554.
■ The RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) is used to deliver video and audio data to the clients. By default, the RTP port for video is set to 5556 and the RTP port for audio is set to 5558.
■ The RTCP (Real-time Transport Control Protocol) allows the video server to transmit the data by monitoring the Internet traffic volume. By default, the RTCP port for video is set to 5557 and the RTCP port for audio is set to 5559.

The ports can be changed to values between 1025 and 65535. The RTP port must be an even number and the RTCP port is the RTP port number plus one, and thus is always an odd number. When the RTP port changes, the RTCP port will change accordingly.

If the RTP ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning message will be displayed:

Vivotek VS8801 - RTSP streaming - 4

text_image Microsoft Internet Explorer Invalid port number. RTP video port must be an even number. OK

Multicast settings channel 1\~4/8: Click the items to display the detailed configuration information. Select the Always multicast option to enable multicast for channel 1\~4/8.

▼ multicast settings for channel 1:

Always multicast

Multicast group address:

Multicast video port:

Multicast RTCP video port:

Multicast audio port:

Multicast RTCP audio port:

Multicast TTL [1\~255]:

▼ multicast settings for channel 2:

Always multicast

239.128.1.99

5560

5561

5562

5563

15

Multicast group address:

Multicast video port:

Multicast RTCP video port:

Multicast audio port:

Multicast RTCP audio port:

Multicast TTL [1\~255]:

239.128.1.100

5564

5565

5566

5567

15

Unicast video transmission delivers a stream through point-to-point transmission; multicast, on the other hand, sends a stream to the multicast group address and allows multiple clients to acquire the stream at the same time by requesting a copy from the multicast group address. Therefore, enabling multicast can effectively save Internet bandwidth.

The ports can be changed to values between 1025 and 65535. The multicast RTP port must be an even number and the multicast RTCP port number is the multicast RTP port number plus one, and thus is always odd. When the multicast RTP port changes, the multicast RTCP port will change accordingly.

If the multicast RTP video ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning message will be displayed:

Vivotek VS8801 - RTSP streaming - 5

text_image Microsoft Internet Explorer Innspart number: Multisat driven 1 video port must be an email number. OK

Multicast TTL [1\~255]: The multicast TTL (Time To Live) is the value that tells the router the range a packet can be forwarded.

Express link is a free service provided by VIVOTEK server, which allows users to register an domain name for a network device. One URL can only be mapped to one Mac address. This service will check out if the host name is valid and automatically open a port on your router. Unlike DDNS, the user has to manually check out UPnP port forwarding, Express link is more convenient and easy to set up.

Host name assignment
Vivotek VS8801 - Express link - 1

text_image Express link Manual setup Enable express link http:// 1 .2bthere.net Help Save

Please follow the steps below to enable Express link:

  1. Make sure that your router supports UPnP port forwarding and it is activated.
  2. Enter a host name for the network device and click Register. If the host name has been used by another device, a warning message will show up. If the host name is valid, it will show an error message.

Vivotek VS8801 - Express link - 2

text_image Host name assignment Connect to the camera at http:// mycamera .2bthere.net Register Enable Disable

HINT: This is a valid host name. Click "Enable" to assign http://mycamera.2bthere.net to this camera.

  1. Click Enable to validate your setting. To access the camera, enter its express link address in a browser's URL field.

Vivotek VS8801 - Express link - 3

text_image Host name assignment Connect to the camera at http:// mycamera .2bthere.net Register

Vivotek VS8801 - Express link - 4
You can now connect to this camera at http://mycamera.2bthere.net.
HINT: If you click "Disable" to suspend Express Link, you will not be able to access this camera at http://mycamera.2bthere.net.

Vivotek VS8801 - Express link - 5

text_image Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites https://mycamera.2bthere.net VIVOTEK WWW.VIVOTEK.COM Video stream Ch1:Stream 1 Video Server (UDP-V) 2

DDNS

This section explains how to configure the dynamic domain name service for the video server. DDNS is a service that allows your video server, especially when assigned with a dynamic IP address, to have a fixed host and domain name.

DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

Vivotek VS8801 - DDNS: Dynamic domain name service - 1

text_image DDNS: Dynamic domain name service Enable DDNS: Provider: Dyndns.org(Dynamic) Host name: User name: Password: Save

Enable DDNS: Select this option to enable the DDNS setting.

Provider: Select a DDNS provider from the provider drop-down list.

VIVOTEK offers Safe100.net, a free dynamic domain name service, to VIVOTEK customers. It is recommended that you register Safe100.net to access VIVOTEK's video servers from the Internet. Additionally, we offer other DDNS providers, such as Dyndns.org(Dynamic), Dyndns.org(Custom), TZO.com, DHS.org, CustomSafe100, dyn-interfree.it.

Note that before utilizing this function, please apply for a dynamic domain account first.

■ Safe100.net

  1. In the DDNS column, select Safe100.net from the drop-down list. Click I accept after reviewing the terms of the Service Agreement.
  2. In the Register column, fill in the Host name (xxxx.safe100.net), Email, Key, and Confirm Key, and click Register. After a host name has been successfully created, a success message will be displayed in the DDNS Registration Result column.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Safe100.net - 1

text_image Register Host name: VVTK:safe100.net Email: wtk@vivotek.com Key: ••••• Forget key Confirm key: ••••• To apply for a domain name for the camera, or to modify the previously registered information, fill in the following fields and then click "Register". Register DDNS registration result: [Register] Successfully Your account information has been mailed to registered e-mail address Upon successful registration, you can click copy to automatically upload relevant information to the DDNS form or you can manually fill it in. Then, click "Save" to save new settings.
  1. Click Copy and all the registered information will automatically be uploaded to the corresponding fields in the DDNS column at the top of the page as seen in the picture.

DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

Enable DDNS:

Provider:

CustomSafe100

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Safe100.net - 2

Host name:

WTK.safe100.net

[*.safe100.net]

Email:

wtk@vivotek.com

Key:

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Safe100.net - 3

Save

Register

Host name:

WTK.safe100.net

Email:

wtk@vivotek.com

Key:

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Safe100.net - 4

Forget key

Confirm key:

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Safe100.net - 5

To apply for a domain name for the camera, or to modify the previously registered information, fill in the following fields and then click "Register".

Register

DDNS registration result:

[Register] Successfully Your account information has been mailed to registered e-mail address

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Safe100.net - 6

Upon successful registration, you can click copy to automatically upload relevant information to the DDNS form or you can manually fill it in. Then, click "Save" to save new settings.

  1. Select Enable DDNS and click Save to enable the setting.

■ CustomSafe100

VIVOTEK offers documents to establish a CustomSafe100 DDNS server for distributors and system integrators. You can use CustomSafe100 to register a dynamic domain name if your distributor or system integrators offer such services.

  1. In the DDNS column, select CustomSafe100 from the drop-down list.
  2. In the Register column, fill in the Host name, Email, Key, and Confirm Key; then click Register. After a host name has been successfully created, you will see a success message in the DDNS Registration Result column.
  3. Click Copy and all for the registered information will be uploaded to the corresponding fields in the DDNS column.
  4. Select Enable DDNS and click Save to enable the setting.

Forget key: Click this button if you have forgotten the key to Safe100.net or CustomSafe100. Your account information will be sent to your email address.

Refer to the following links to apply for a dynamic domain account when selecting other DDNS providers:

■ Dyndns.org(Dynamic) / Dyndns.org(Custom): visit http://www.dyndns.com/
■ TZO.com: visit http://www.tzo.com/
■ DHS.org: visit http://www.dhs.org/
■ dyn-interfree.it: visit http://dyn-interfree.it/

Access list Advanced Mode

This section explains how to control access permission by verifying the client PC's IP address.

General settings

Vivotek VS8801 - General settings - 1

text_image General settings Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s) limited to: 10 View information Enable access list filtering Save

Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s) limited to: Simultaneous live viewing for 1\~10 clients (including stream 1 and stream 2). The default value is 10. If you modify the value and click Save, all current connections will be disconnected and automatically attempt to re-link (IE Explore or Quick Time Player).

View Information: Click this button to display the connection status window showing a list of the current connections.

For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - General settings - 2

text_image Connection status IP address Elapsed time User ID 192.168.1.147 12:20:34 root 61.22.15.3 00:10:09 anonymous 192.168.3.25 45:00:34 greg Refresh Add to deny list Disconnect

■ IP address: Current connections to the Video server.
■ Elapsed time: How much time the client has been at the webpage.
■ User ID: If the administrator has set a password for the webpage, the clients have to enter a user name and password to access the live video. The user name will be displayed in the User ID column. If the administrator allows clients to link to the webpage without a user name and password, the User ID column will be empty.

There are some situations which allow clients access to the live video without a user name and password:

  1. The administrator does not set up a root password. For more information about how to set up a root password and manage user accounts, please refer to Security on page 28.
  2. The administrator has set up a root password, but set RTSP authentication to "disable". For more information about RTSP authentication, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 48.
  3. The administrator has set up a root password, but allows anonymous viewing. For more information about Allow Anonymous Viewing, please refer to Security on page 28.

■ Refresh: Click this button to refresh all current connections.
■ Add to deny list: You can select entries from the Connection Status list and add them to the Deny List to deny access. Please note that those checked connections will only be disconnected temporarily and will automatically try to re-link again (IE Explore or Quick Time Player). If you want to enable the denied list, please check Enable access list filtering and click Save in the first column.
■ Disconnect: If you want to break off the current connections, please select them and click this button. Please note that those checked connections will only be disconnected temporarily and will automatically try to re-link again (IE Explore or Quick Time Player).

Enable access list filtering: Check this item and click Save if you want to enable the access list filtering function.

Filter type

Select Allow or Deny as the filter type. If you choose Allow Type, only those clients whose IP addresses are on the Access List below can access the Network Camera, and the others cannot access. On the contrary, if you choose Deny Type, those clients whose IP addresses are on the Access List below will not be allowed to access the Network Camera, and the others can access.

Filter

Then you can add a rule to the following Access List. Please note that the IPv6 access list column will not be displayed unless you enable IPv6 on the Network page. For more information about IPv6 Settings, please refer to page 39 for detailed information.

Vivotek VS8801 - Filter - 1

text_image Filter IPv4 access list Add Delete IPv6 access list Add Delete

■ Add a rule to Allowed/Denied list: Click Add to add a rule to Allowed/Denied list.

There are three types of rules:

Single: This rule allows the user to add an IP address to the Allowed/Denied list.

For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Filter - 2

text_image filter address Rule: Single IP address: 192.168.2.1 OK Cancel

Digital I/O

This section explains how to change digital input and digital output settings.

Digital input settings

You can select High or Low to define normal status for the digital input. The video server will report the current status.

Digital input settings
DI numberActive stateCurrent state
1LowHigh
2LowHigh
3LowHigh
4LowHigh
5LowHigh
6LowHigh
7LowHigh
8LowHigh

Digital output settings

You can select Grounded or Open to define normal status for the digital output. The video server will show the trigger is activated or not.

DO numberActive stateCurrent state
1Grounded ▼Open
2Grounded ▼Open
3Grounded ▼Open
4Grounded ▼Open
5Grounded ▼Open
6Grounded ▼Open
7Grounded ▼Open
8Grounded ▼Open

Save

Audio and video

This section explains how to configure the audio and video settings of the video server.

Overview

This table shows all stream settings of each channel.

ChannelStreamCodecModulationFrame sizeMaximum frame rateIntra frame periodBitrate/Quality
11H264NTSCQCIF- >176x12011 SGood
21H264NTSC4CIF201 SGood
31H264NTSC4CIF201 SGood
41H264NTSC4CIF201 SGood
51MJPEGNTSCD120N/AGood
61H264NTSC4CIF201 SGood
71H264NTSC4CIF201 SGood
81H264NTSC4CIF201 SGood

Video settings

Vivotek VS8801 - Video settings - 1

text_image Channel: 1 Check frame rate Video settings Video title: Color: Color Video orientation: Flip Mirror Overlay title and time stamp on video and snapshot. Enable time shift caching stream Image settings Privacy mask

Channel: In the drop-down list, there are channel 1\~4/8, select one to set video settings on it in the column below.

Check frame rate: Check Check frame rate to display the current available frame rate status for all frame sizes. Please refer to page 63 for details.

Video title: Enter a name that will be displayed on the title bar of the live video.

Color: Select to display color or black/white video streams.

Video orientation: Flip--vertically reflect the display of the live video; Mirror--horizontally reflect the display of the live video. Select both options if the linked device is installed upside-down (e.g., on the ceiling) to correct the image orientation.

Vivotek VS8801 - Video settings - 2

text_image Video Title Title and Time video1 (TCP-AV) 2011/1/19 14:46:09 Video 14:46:09 2011/1/19 Go to Select one

Overlay title and time stamp on video and snapshot: Select this option to place the video title and time on the video streams.

Enable time shift caching stream Advanced Mode: Check this item to enable the time shift cache stream on the video server, which will stores video in the video server's embedded memory for a period of time depending on the cache memory size of each video server. This function can work seamlessly with VIVOTEK's ST7501 recording software. When an event occurs, the recording software can request time shift cache stream from the camera, which allows the user to retrieve pre-event video data.

Image settings Advanced Mode

Click Image Settings to open the Image Settings page. On this page, you can tune the White balance, Brightness, Saturation, Contrast, and Sharpness settings for the video. Please choose the Channel first.

Vivotek VS8801 - Image settings Advanced Mode - 1

natural_image Interior view of a modern living room with wooden flooring, white furniture, and large windows (no visible text or symbols)

Image adjustment
Vivotek VS8801 - Image settings Advanced Mode - 2

bar | Category | Value | | ------------ | ----- | | Brightness | - | | Saturation | - | | Contrast | - | | Sharpness | - | | X-offset | - | | Y-offset | - |

Image adjustment

■ Brightness: To adjust the image brightness level, please drag the slider bar to the right (+) to increase the effect, or to the left (-) to reduce the effect.
■ Saturation: To adjust the image saturation level, please drag the slider bar to the right (+) to increase the effect, or to the left(-) to reduce the effect.
■ Contrast: To adjust the image contrast level, please drag the slider bar to the right (+) to increase the effect, or to the left(-) to reduce the effect.
■ Sharpness: To adjust the image sharpness level, please drag the slider bar to the right (+) to increase the effect, or to the left(-) to reduce the effect.
■ X-offset: Adjust the image to the proper position horizontally.
■ Y-offset: Adjust the image to the proper position vertically.

Vivotek VS8801 - Image adjustment - 1

text_image Enable deinterlace Mode: Adaptive mode Enable edge enhancement Strength: Enable noise reduction Remove noise: Gaussian Strength: Restore Save to: Current channel

■ Enable deinterlace: Check to enable deinterlace, and choose Adaptive mode or Blend mode in the drop-down list. Adaptive mode provides the best image quality, while Blend mode provides better image quality (than not using the deinterlace function at all). Note that applying this function to all channels at the same time will consume quite a lot computing power.
■ Enable edge enhancement: Check to enable edge enhancement, and drag the slider bar to adjust the strength. Note that applying this function to all channels at the same time will consume quite a lot of computing power.
■ Enable noise reduction: Check to enable noise reduction, and you can also choose to reduce Gaussian noise, impulse noise, or Gaussian and impulse noise in the drop-down list. Drag the slide bar to adjust the strength. Noted that applying this function to all channels at the same time will consume quite a lot of computing power.
■ Restore: Click to restore the default setting.
■ Save: When finished with the setting, you can choose to apply the settings to Current channel, All channels, Current channel and channel 2, etc. in the drop-down list. Then click Save to enable the settings.

Privacy Mask Advanced Mode

Click Privacy Mask to open the settings page. On this page, you can block out sensitive zones to address privacy concerns. Please choose the Channel first.

Vivotek VS8801 - Privacy Mask Advanced Mode - 1

text_image Channel: 1 Enable privacy mask (TCP-V) 2011/1/18 17:00:41 Window name X: Width: Y: Height: New Save Channel: 1 Enable privacy mask (TCP-V) 2011/1/18 17:03:41 Window name X: Width: Y: Height: New Save

■ To set the privacy mask windows, follow the steps below:

  1. Click New to add a new window.
  2. Use the mouse to size and drag-drop the window, which is recommended to be at least twice the size of the object (height and width) you want to cover.
  3. Enter a Window Name and click Save to enable the setting.
  4. Select Enable privacy mask to enable this function.

Vivotek VS8801 - Privacy Mask Advanced Mode - 2

NOTE:

▶ Up to 5 privacy mask windows can be set up on the same screen.
If you want to delete a privacy mask window, please click on the 'x' mark at the upper right corner of the window.

Video quality settings for stream 1 Advanced Mode Click the items to display the detailed video quality settings.

Video quality settings for stream 1:

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 1

Enable aspect ratio correction

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 2

MPEG-4:

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 3

H.264:

Frame size:

Maximum frame rate:

Intra frame period:

Video quality:

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 4

Constant bit rate:

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 5

Fixed quality:

4CIF -> 640x480

3 fps

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 6

1/2 S ▼

Available FPS

D1: 56 FPS

4CIF: 65 FPS

CIF: 260 FPS

QCIF: 1041 FPS

512 Kbps

Good

Vivotek VS8801 - Available FPS - 1

Vivotek VS8801 - Available FPS - 2

Vivotek VS8801 - Available FPS - 3

JPEG:

■ Enable aspect ratio correction:

In the default settings, the size of the video window will change according to the layout of the live viewing window you choose. However, the frame size may be distorted. If you check Enable aspect ratio correction, the video window will be adjusted to the same frame size as the preview window. This function is disabled as default.

Vivotek VS8801 - Available FPS - 4

natural_image Interior view of a modern living room with wooden flooring, featuring white furniture and large windows (no visible text or symbols)

Vivotek VS8801 - Available FPS - 5

NOTE:

Aspect ratio correction doesn't support QCIF.

When aspect ratio correction takes effect, the frame size for D1 will be adjusted to 640x480.

This video server offers real-time H.264, MPEG-4, and MJPEG compression standards (Triple Codec) for real-time viewing.

If H.264 / MPEG-4 mode is selected, the video is streamed via RTSP protocol. There are four parameters for you to adjust the video performance:

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 1

text_image H.264: Frame size: 4CIF -> 640x480 Maximum frame rate: 3 fps Intra frame period: 1/2 S Video quality: Constant bit rate: 512 Kbps Fixed quality: Good MPEG-4: Frame size: QCIF -> 176x120 Maximum frame rate: 20 fps Intra frame period: 1 S Video quality: Constant bit rate: 512 Kbps Fixed quality: Good

■ Frame size

You can set up different video resolution for different viewing devices. For example, set a smaller frame size and lower bit rate for remote viewing on mobile phones and a larger video size and a higher bit rate for live viewing on web browsers. Note that a larger frame size takes up more bandwidth. The frame sizes are selectable in the following resolutions: QCIF, CIF, 4CIF, and D1.

■ Maximum frame rate

This limits the maximum refresh frame rate per second. Set the frame rate higher for smoother video quality. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value. The frame rate will decrease if you select a higher resolution.

■ Intra frame period

Determine how often to plant an I frame. The shorter the duration, the more likely you will get better video quality, but at the cost of higher network bandwidth consumption. Select the intra frame period from the following durations: 1/4 second, 1/2 second, 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and 4 seconds.

■ Video quality

A complex scene generally produces a larger file size, meaning that higher bandwidth will be needed for data transmission. Therefore, if Constant bit rate is selected, the bandwidth utilization is fixed at a selected level, resulting in mutable video quality performance. The bit rates are selectable at the following rates: 20Kbps, 30Kbps, 40Kbps, 50Kbps, 64Kbps, 128Kbps, 256Kbps, 512Kbps, 768Kbps, 1Mbps, 2Mbps, 3Mbps, and 4Mbps. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.

On the other hand, if Fixed quality is selected, all frames are transmitted with the same quality; bandwidth utilization is therefore unpredictable. The video quality can be adjusted to the following settings: Medium, Standard, Good, Detailed, and Excellent. You can also select Customize and manually adjust the slider bar. You may adjust the slider bar to the right to have better video quality.

Video quality:

Constant bit rate:

Fixed quality:

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Video quality - 1

If JPEG mode is selected, the video server continuously sends JPEG images to the client, producing a moving effect similar to a filmstrip. Every single JPEG image transmitted guarantees the same image quality, which in turn comes at the expense of variable bandwidth usage. Because the media contents are a combination of JPEG images, no audio data is transmitted to the client. There are three parameters provided in MJPEG mode to control the video performance:

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Video quality - 2

Frame size:

Maximum frame rate:

Video quality:

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Video quality - 3

■ Frame size

You can set up different video resolution for different viewing devices. For example, set a smaller frame size and lower bit rate for remote viewing on mobile phones and a larger video size and a higher bit rate for live viewing on web browsers. Note that a larger frame size takes up more bandwidth. The frame sizes are selectable in the following resolutions: QCIF, CIF, 4CIF, and D1.

■ Maximum frame rate

This limits the maximum refresh frame rate per second. Set the frame rate higher for smoother video quality.

You can also select Customize and manually enter a value. The frame rate will decrease if you select a higher resolution.

■ Video quality

The video quality can be adjusted to the following settings: Medium, Standard, Good, Detailed, and Excellent. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Video quality - 1

NOTE:

▶ Video quality and fixed quality refers to the compression rate, so a lower value will produce higher quality.
▶ Converting high-quality video may significantly increase the CPU loading, and you may encounter streaming disconnection or video loss while capturing a complicated scene. In the event of occurrence, we suggest you customize a lower video resolution or reduce the frame rate to obtain smooth video.

■ Available FPS

Check Check frame rate to display the current available frame rate status (Available FPS). Available FPS provides the information of the unused encoding capability with available frame rate in different frame size.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Available FPS - 1

text_image Channel: 1 Check frame rate Video settings Video title: Color: Color Video orientation: Flip Mirror Overlay title and time stamp on video and snapshot. Enable time shift caching stream Image settings Privacy mask Video quality settings for stream 1: Enable aspect ratio correction MPEG-4: H.264: Frame size: QCIF -> 176x120 Maximum frame rate: 8 fps Intra frame period: 1 S Video quality: Constant bit rate: 512 Kbps Fixed quality: Good JPEG: Available FPS D1: 41 FPS 4CIF: 47 FPS CIF: 190 FPS QCIF: 761 FPS

The embedded Soc (System-on-Chip) has limited encoding capability, so you may set the video quality according to the available FPS. Due to the limited encoding capability, the maximum frame rate for 4CIF in H.264 or MPEG-4 codec can only support up to 23 FPS when all channels are applied to this setting and being used. If the total amount of frame rate exceeds encoding capability, a warning message "Frame rate is not guaranteed" will show up in a pop-up window. Also the frame rate that cannot be reached for each stream will be marked in red color in the "Overview" column.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Available FPS - 2

text_image Video quality settings for stream 1: Enable aspect ratio correction MPEG-4: H.264: Frame size: Maximum frame rate: Intra frame period: Video quality: Constant bit rate: Fixed quality: JPEG: 4CIF -> 640x480 25 fps Customize 1 fps 2 fps 3 fps 5 fps 8 fps 10 fps 15 fps 20 fps 25 fps 30 fps Available FPS D1: 0 FPS 4CIF: 0 FPS CIF: 0 FPS QCIF: 0 FPS the frame rate that cannot be reached is marked in red color. Audio settings Mute External microphone input: 0 dB G.711 Mode: pcmu *Note: G.711 mode is shared by all channels. Save to: All channels

Overview:

ChannelStreamCodecModulationFrame sizeFrame rateIntra frame periodBitrate/Quality
11H264NTSC4CIF->640x480*251 SGood
21H264NTSC4CIF->640x480*301 SGood
31H264NTSC4CIF->640x480*201 SGood
41H264NTSC4CIF->640x480*251 SGood
51H264NTSC4CIF->640x480*201 SGood
61H264NTSC4CIF->640x480*201 SGood
71H264NTSC4CIF->640x480*201 SGood
81H264NTSC4CIF->640x480*301 SGood

* Note: Frame rates are not guaranteed when all red-marked streams are used.

Audio settings

Audio settings

Mute

External microphone input:

G.711 Mode:

0 dB

Vivotek VS8801 - Audio settings - 1

pcmu

Vivotek VS8801 - Audio settings - 2

*Note: G.711 mode is shared by all channels.

Save

to: Current channel

Vivotek VS8801 - Audio settings - 3

Mute: Select this option to disable audio transmission from the video server to all clients. Note that if mute mode is turned on, no audio data will be transmitted even if audio transmission is enabled on the Client Settings page. In that case, the following message is displayed:

External microphone input: Select the gain of the internal audio input according to ambient conditions. Adjust the gain from +9 db (most sensitive) \~ -12 db (least sensitive).

G.711 Mode: G.711 also provides good sound quality and requires about 64Kbps. Select pcmu (Pulse code Modulation μ-Law) or pcma (A-Law) mode.

Save: When finishing the setting, you can choose to apply the settings to Current channel, All channels, Current channel and channel 2, etc. in the drop-down list. Then click Save to enable the settings.

Motion detection

This section explains how to configure the Video Server to enable motion detection. A total of three motion detection windows can be configured for each channel.

Vivotek VS8801 - Motion detection - 1

text_image Enable motion detection Video(TCP-AV) 2009/01/19 11:20:25 Window Name Sensitivity 0% Percentage 0% New Save Profile

Follow the steps below to enable motion detection:

  1. Select Channel.
  2. Click New to add a new motion detection window.
  3. In the Window Name text box, enter a name for the motion detection window.

■ To move and resize the window, drag and drop your mouse on the window.
■ To delete window, click X on the upper right corner of the window.

  1. Define the sensitivity to moving objects and the space ratio of all alerted pixels by moving the Sensitivity and Percentage slider bar.
  2. Click Save to enable the settings.
  3. Check Enable motion detection to enable this function.

For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Motion detection - 2

text_image Enable motion detection Video(TCP-AV) 2008/03/25 16:39:26 Window Name W1 Sensitivity 80% Percentage 10% New Save Profile

The Percentage Indicator will rise or fall depending on the variation between sequential images. When motions are detected by the Network Camera and are judged to exceed the defined threshold, the red bar rises. Meanwhile, the motion detection window will be outlined in red. Photos or videos can be captured instantly and configured to be sent to a remote server (Email, FTP) by utilizing this feature as a trigger source. For more information on how to set an event, please refer to Application on page 78.

A green bar indicates that even though motions have been detected, the event has not been triggered because the image variations still fall under the defined threshold.

Vivotek VS8801 - Motion detection - 3

bar_stacked | Category | Value | | -------- | ----- | | Green | 30% | | Red | 30% |

This motion detection window will also be displayed on the Event Settings page. You can go to Application > Event Settings > Trigger to choose it as a trigger source. Please refer to page 79 for detailed information.

Vivotek VS8801 - Motion detection - 4

NOTE:

▶ How does motion detection work?

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 1

text_image Enable motion detection DATE(TCP-AV) 2008/01/10 16:58:43 Window Name windowA Sensitivity 70% Percentage 30% New Cancel

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 2

natural_image Illustration of a cat and a striped cat on a grid background (no text or symbols)

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 3

text_image B Enable motion detection DATE(TCP-AY) 2008/01/10 16:50:43 Window Name windowA Sensitivity 70% Percentage 30% New Copy

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 4

natural_image Illustration of a fish in a purple field with green plants and grass, displayed within a window labeled 'windowA' (no text or symbols on the fish or plants)

There are two motion detection parameters: Sensitivity and Percentage. In the illustration above, frame A and frame B are two sequential images. Pixel differences between the two frames are detected and highlighted in gray (frame C) and will be compared with the sensitivity setting. Sensitivity is a value that expresses the sensitivity to moving objects. Higher sensitivity settings are expected to detect slight movements while smaller sensitivity settings will neglect them. When the sensitivity is set to 70%, the Network Camera defines the pixels in the purple areas as “alerted pixels” (frame D).

Percentage is a value that expresses the proportion of “alerted pixels” to all pixels in the motion detection window. In this case, 50% of pixels are identified as “alerted pixels”. When the percentage is set to 30%, the motions are judged to exceed the defined threshold; therefore, the motion window will be outlined in red.

For applications that require a high level of security management, it is suggested to use higher sensitivity settings and smaller percentage values.

Camera tampering detection

This section explains how to set up camera tempering detection. With tampering detection, the camera is capable of detecting incidents such as redirection, blocking or defocusing, or even spray paint.

Camera tampering detection

EnableChannelTrigger duration[10~600 seconds]
110 seconds
210 seconds
310 seconds
410 seconds
510 seconds
610 seconds
710 seconds
810 seconds

Save

Please follow the steps below to set up the camera tampering detection function:

  1. Check Enable camera tampering detection.
  2. Enter the trigger duration. (10 sec. \~ 10 min.) The alarm will be triggered only when the tampering factor (the difference between current frame and pre-saved background) exceeds the trigger threshold.
  3. Set up the event source as Camera tampering detection on Application > Event settings > Trigger. Please refer to page 79 for detailed information.
  4. Click on Save to take effect.

Camera control

This section explains how to control the Network Camera's Pan/Tilt/Zoom operation by connecting to a PTZ driver or scanner via RS485 interface.

RS485 settings

Vivotek VS8801 - RS485 settings - 1

text_image RS485 settings Disable PTZ camera Transparent HTTP tunnel Save

Disable: Select this option to disable this function.

PTZ camera: Select this option to enable PTZ operation.

To utilize this feature, please connect the Network Camera to a PTZ driver or scanner via RS485 interface first. Then you can configure the PTZ driver and RS485 port with the following settings.

Vivotek VS8801 - RS485 settings - 2

text_image PTZ camera Transparent HTTP tunnel PTZ driver: None Port settings: Baud rate: 9600 Data bits: 8 Stop bits: 1 Parity bit: none

Transparent HTTP Tunnel: If you want to use your own RS-485 device, you can use UART commands to build a Transparent HTTP Tunnel. The UART commands will be sent through HTTP tunnel established between the RS-485 device and the linked camera. For detailed application notes, please refer to URL Commands on page 105 or http://www.vivotek.com/downloadfiles/support/faq/172_document_2.pdf.

Vivotek VS8801 - RS485 settings - 3

Port settings:

Baud rate:

Data bits:

Stop bits:

Parity bit:

Vivotek VS8801 - RS485 settings - 4

Preset positions

If you select DynaDome/SmartDOME, Lilin PIH-7x00, or Pelco D, Pelco P protocol, Samsung scc643 protocol protocol as the PTZ driver and click the Save button, the Preset Position button will be enabled. Click Preset Position to open the settings page. You can also select preset positions for the camera to patrol. A total of 20 preset positions can be configured.

Please follow the steps below to preset a position:

  1. Select Channel in the drop-down list.
  2. Adjust the shooting area to the desired position by using the buttons on the right. The default Home position is set as the center position.
  3. Enter a name for the preset position, which allows up to forty characters. Click Add to enable the settings. The preset positions will be displayed under User preset locations.
  4. To add additional preset positions, please repeat steps 1\~2.
  5. Select the preset positions and click on Save to enable the settings.
  6. The positions saved will show up in Go to drop down list on the Home page. See next page
  7. To remove a preset position from the list, select it and click Remove.

1
Channel: 1 ▼
Vivotek VS8801 - Preset positions - 1

natural_image Interior view of a modern living room with white furniture, wooden flooring, and large windows (no visible text or symbols)

2
Vivotek VS8801 - Preset positions - 2

text_image Home Zoom Focus Pan speed 0 Tilt speed 0 Zoom speed 0 Focus speed 0 Auto pan/patrol speed 1

Go to:

- Select one -

1 + u1 - 1 = ( 1 + u) u1 < 1 = u

6

Home location settings

Set current position as home

Restore home position to default

3

Preset and patrol settings

Name: Add preset location

Vivotek VS8801 - Preset positions - 3

text_image User preset locations 1 2 3 4 Remove 7

Vivotek VS8801 - Preset positions - 4

text_image Patrol locations Dwell time (sec) 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 Remove ▲ ▼

5
Vivotek VS8801 - Preset positions - 5

Home location settings

Set current position as home

Restore home position to default

■ Home location settings: You can configure the Home location by clicking on Set current position as home. Click on Restore home position to default, and the Home position will be set as the center position.

Vivotek VS8801 - Home location settings - 1

VIVOTEK

Video stream

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 1

Manual trigger:
Digital output:
Digital input:

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 2

text_image Zoom Focus Pan Stop Patrol Pan speed 0 Tilt speed 0 Zoom speed 0 Focus speed 0

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 3

Client settings

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 4

Configuration

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 5

Language

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 6

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 7

text_image (TCP-AV) 2011/05/30 13:59:31 — Select one — 1 2 center left right up

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 8

Vivotek VS8801 - VIVOTEK - 9

■ The Camera Control Panel and Preset positions will be displayed on the home page:
- Click Go to: Select one from the drop-down list, and the Network Camera will move to the selected preset position.

Camera ID settings

VIVOTEK offers five PTZ drivers: DynaDome/SmartDOME, Lilin PIH-7x00, Pelco D protocol, Pelco P protocol, and Samsung scc643 protocol. If none of the above PTZ drivers is supported by your PTZ scanner, please select Custom camera (scanner). Please refer to the user's manual of your PTZ scanner to determine the Camera ID, PTZ driver, and Port settings. The Camera ID is necessary to control multiple cameras. If you click Save to enable this function, the camera control panel will be displayed on the main page. Please refer to the illustration on page 70.

Camera ID settings

Channel numberCamera ID
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88

Patrol settings

You can select some preset positions for the Network Camera to patrol.

Please follow the steps below to set up a patrol schedule:

  1. Select Channel in the drop-down list.
  2. Select the preset locations on the list, and click >>.
  3. The selected preset locations will be displayed on the Patrol locations list.
  4. Set the Dwelling time for the preset location during auto patrol.
  5. If you want to delete a preset location from the Patrol locations list, select it and click Remove.
  6. Select a location and click ▲ ▼ to rearrange the patrol order.
  7. Select patrol locations you want to save in the list and click Save to enable the patrol settings.
  8. To implement the patrol schedule, please go to homepage and click on Patrol button.

1
Vivotek VS8801 - Patrol settings - 1

text_image (TCP-V) 2011/05/18 17:27:36 Home - Zoom + Focus + Pan speed 0 Tilt speed 0 Zoom speed 0 Focus speed 0 Auto pan/patrol speed 1 Go to: -- Select one --

Home location settings

Set current position as home

Restore home position to default

Preset and patrol settings

Name: Add preset location

Vivotek VS8801 - Preset and patrol settings - 1

text_image User preset locations ✓ 1 ✓ 2 ✓ 3 ✓ 4 Remove

Vivotek VS8801 - Preset and patrol settings - 2

text_image Patrol locations Dwell time (sec) 1 4 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 6 Remove

Save

7

Custom Command

If Custom Camera (scanner) is selected as the PTZ driver, the Preset Position and PTZ Control Panel on the main page will be disabled. You will need to configure command buttons to control the PTZ scanner. Click Custom Command to open the Custom Command page to set the commands in the Control Settings session. Please refer to your PTZ scanner user's manual to enter the commands in the following fields. Click Save to enable the settings and click Close to exit the page.

Control settings

Up
Down
Left
Right
Home
Zoom in
Zoom out
Focus closer
Focus further
Auto focus

Custom command

Button nameCommand
Command 1:
Command 2:
Command 3:
Command 4:
Command 5:
Command 6:
Command 7:
Command 8:
Command 9:
Command 10:
Command 11:
Command 12:
Command 13:
Command 14:
Command 15:
Command 16:

Save

Close

Vivotek VS8801 - Custom Command - 1

NOTE:

▶If you select DynaDome/SmartDOME, Lilin PIH-7x00, or Pelco D protocol as the PTZ driver, the Control Settings column will not be displayed.
▶ For all PTZ drivers, a total of five additional command buttons can be configured.

▶ The command buttons will be displayed on the main page:

Vivotek VS8801 - NOTE: - 1

text_image VIVOTEK Video Server Video stream C:\Stream 1 (TCP-AV) 2011/06/07 15:08:42 Client settings Configuration Language Powered by VIVOTEK lower-left lower-right upper-left upper-right

Homepage layout Advanced Mode

This section explains how to set up your own customized homepage layout.

Preview

This column shows the settings of your homepage layout. You can manually select the background and font colors in Theme Options (the third column on this page). The settings will be displayed automatically in this Preview field. The following shows the homepage using the default settings:

Vivotek VS8801 - Preview - 1

text_image Preview VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video Stream Ch1:Stream 1 Manual trigger: Digital output: Client settings Powered by VIVOTEK Video Server

Hide Powered by VIVOTEK

■ Hide Powered by VIVOTEK: If you check this item, it will be removed from the homepage.

Here you can change the logo at the top of your homepage.

Vivotek VS8801 - Logo - 1

text_image Logo graph Default Custom VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Logo link: http://www.vivotek.com

Follow the steps below to upload a new logo:

  1. Click Custom and the Browse field will appear.
  2. Select a logo from your files.
  3. Click Upload to replace the existing logo with a new one.
  4. Enter a website link if necessary.
  5. Click Save to enable the settings.

Customized button

Customized button

Show manual trigger button

Check Show manual trigger button, and it will be displayed on the Home page. Uncheck Show manual trigger button to hide this function on the Home page.

Vivotek VS8801 - Customized button - 1

Theme options

Here you can change the color of your homepage layout. There are three types of preset patterns for you to choose from. The new layout will simultaneously appear in the Preview filed. Click Save to enable the settings.

Vivotek VS8801 - Theme options - 1

text_image Preset Patterns Themes Custom Color Font color: #000000 Font color of configuration area: #FFFFFF Font color of video title: #098BD6 Bk color of control area: #C4EAFF Bk color of configuration area: #0186D1 Bk color of video area: #C4EAFF Frame color: #0186D1

Save

Vivotek VS8801 - Theme options - 2

text_image Preview VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video Server Font Color of the Video Title Video Stream 1 Digital Output On Off Font Color Background Color of the Control Area Client Settings Powered by VIVOTEK Background Color of the Video Area Background Color of the Configuration Area Background Color of the Configuration Area Frame Color

Vivotek VS8801 - Theme options - 3

text_image Preview VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video Stream 1 Digital Output On Off Client Settings Powered by VIVOTEK Video Server

Vivotek VS8801 - Theme options - 4

text_image Preview VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video Server Video Stream 1 Digital Output On Off Client Settings Powered by VIVOTEK

■ Follow the steps below to set up the customed homepage:

  1. Click Custom on the left column.
  2. Click the field where you want to change the color on the right column.

Vivotek VS8801 - Theme options - 5

text_image Theme Options Themes Custom Pattern Color Font color: Font color of configuration area: #FFFFFF Font color of video title: #098BD6 Bk color of control area: #565656 Bk color of configuration area: #323232 Bk color of video area: #565656 Frame color: #323232 Color Selector
  1. The palette window will pop up as shown below.

Vivotek VS8801 - Theme options - 6

text_image Hex: #000000 Red: 0 Green: 0 Blue: 0 Hue: 0 Saturation: 0 Value: 0 Select

Vivotek VS8801 - Theme options - 7

text_image Hex: #23538A Rod: 35 Green: 83 Blue: 138 Hue: 212 Saturation: 74.6 Value: 54.1 4 Select
  1. Drag the slider bar and click on the left square to select a desired color.
  2. The selected color will be displayed in the corresponding fields and in the Preview column.
  3. Click Save to enable the settings.

Application Advanced Mode

This section explains how to configure the video server to respond to particular situations (event). A typical application is that when a motion is detected, the video server sends buffered images to an FTP server or e-mail address as notifications.

As illustrated on the right, an event can be triggered by many sources, such as motion detection or external digital input devices. When an event is triggered, you can specify what type of action that will be performed. You can configure the video server to send snapshots or videos to your email address or FTP site.

Vivotek VS8801 - Application Advanced Mode - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Event Trigger"] --> B["Action"]
    B --> C["Media (what to send)"]
    B --> D["Server (where to send)"]
    C --> E["ex. Snapshot, Video Clips, System Log, Digital Output"]
    D --> F["ex. Email, FTP, HTTP Server, Network Storage"]

Vivotek VS8801 - Application Advanced Mode - 2

text_image Event settings Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Trigger Add Help Customized script Name Date Time Add Delete

Customized script

This function allows you to upload a sample script (.xml file) to the webpage, which will save your time on configuring the settings. Please note that there is a limited number of customized scripts you can upload; if the current amount of customized scripts has reached the limit, an alert message will pop up. If you need more information, please contact VIVOTEK's technical support.

Vivotek VS8801 - Customized script - 1

text_image Customized script Name Date Time User1 20110224 18:13:49 User2 20110224 18:11:42 Click to upload a file Add User1 Delete 1-8 Motion condition="0"> trigger triggers Mail system log to email address> of 0 10 /usr/bin/mgpolisent -> "Notice" -f IP"139@vipotek.com -b /var/log/messages -3 ms.virotek.tw - M 3 pushing.yang@vipotex.com 0 Upload

Event settings

In the Event settings column, click Add to open the Event settings page. On this page, you can arrange three elements -- Trigger, Schedule, and Action to set an event. A total of 3 event settings can be configured.

Vivotek VS8801 - Event settings - 1

Vivotek VS8801 - Event settings - 2

Vivotek VS8801 - Event settings - 3

Vivotek VS8801 - Event settings - 4

Note: This can be only applied to motion detection, digital input, and manual trigger.

Vivotek VS8801 - Event settings - 5

text_image Trigger Source: System boot

Vivotek VS8801 - Event settings - 6

text_image Event schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm]

Vivotek VS8801 - Event settings - 7

text_image Action Trigger digital output for: Move to preset location: Server Media Extra parameter SD ----None---- SD test View

Vivotek VS8801 - Event settings - 8

Event name: Enter a name for the event setting.

Enable this event: Select this option to enable the event setting.

Priority: Select the relative importance of this event (High, Normal, or Low). Events with a higher priority setting will be executed first.

Detect next event after □ seconds: Enter the duration in seconds to pause motion detection after a motion is detected.

An event is an action initiated by a user-defined trigger source; it is the causal arrangement of the following three elements: Trigger, Event Schedule, and Action.

Trigger

This is the cause or stimulus which defines when to trigger the video server. The trigger source can be configured to use the video server's built-in motion detection mechanism or external digital input devices. There are several choices of trigger sources as shown below. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options.

■ System boot

This option triggers the video server when the power to the video server is disconnected.

■ Video motion detection

This option makes use of the built-in motion detection mechanism as a trigger source. To enable this function, you need to configure a Motion Detection Window first. For more information, please refer to Motion detection on page 65 for details.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Video motion detection - 1

text_image Trigger Source: Video motion detection Channel Motion windows 1 Disable 2 Disable 3 Disable 4 Disable 5 Disable 6 Disable 7 Disable 8 Disable Note: Please configure Motion detection first

■ Camera tampering detection

This option allows the video server to trigger when the camera detects that is being tampered with. To enable this function, you need to configure the Camera tampering detection option first. Please refer to page 67 for detailed information.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Camera tampering detection - 1

text_image Trigger Source: Camera tampering detection ▼ Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 Channel 8 Note: Please configure Camera tampering detection first

■ Video loss

This option triggers the video server when the transmitted media files are missing. Check to enable the trigger source.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Video loss - 1

text_image Trigger Source: Video loss Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4 Channel 5 Channel 6 Channel 7 Channel 8

■ Video restore

This option triggers the video server when the camera starts to transmit video files.

■ Periodically

This option allows the video server to trigger periodically for every other defined minute. Up to 999 minutes are allowed.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Periodically - 1

text_image Trigger Source: Periodically Trigger every other 1 minute(s)

■ Digital input

This option allows the video server to use an external digital input device or sensor as a trigger source. Depending on your application, there are many choices of digital input devices on the market which helps to detect changes in temperature, vibration, sound, and light, etc.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Digital input - 1

text_image Trigger Source: Digital input □ Digital input 1 □ Digital input 2 □ Digital input 3 □ Digital input 4 □ Digital input 5 □ Digital input 6 □ Digital input 7 □ Digital input 8

■ Recording notify

This option allows the video server to trigger when the recording disk is full or when recording starts to rewrite older data.

■ Manual trigger

This option allows user to enable event triggers manually by clicking the on/off button on the homepage. Please configure 1 \~ 3 events before using this function.

Vivotek VS8801 - ■ Manual trigger - 1

text_image Trigger Source: Manual trigger 1 2 3 4

Event Schedule

Specify the period for the event.

Vivotek VS8801 - Event Schedule - 1

text_image Event schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm]

■ Select the days of the week.
■ Select the recording schedule in 24-hr time format.

Action

Define the actions to be performed by the video server when a trigger is activated.

Vivotek VS8801 - Action - 1

text_image Action ✓ Trigger digital output for: DO duration Delay before trigger (seconds) (seconds) 1 1 0 2 1 0 3 1 0 4 1 0 5 1 0 6 1 0 7 1 0 8 1 0 ✓ Move to preset location: Move to preset location: left of channel 1 Move to preset location: left of channel 2 Note: Please configure Preset locations first

■ Trigger digital output for □ seconds

Check the desired DO to turn on the external digital output device when a trigger is activated. Specify the length (seconds) of the trigger interval in the text box.

■ Delay the trigger for □ seconds

Check the desired DO to turn on the external digital output device when a trigger is activated. Specify the length (seconds) of the delay for the trigger after the event has been detected.

■ Move to preset location

Select this option, the Network Camera will move to the preset location when a trigger is activated. Please setup the preset locations first. You can setup more preset locations for each channel (Network Camera) by clicking on Preset locations. To know more details about preset locations settings please refer to page 69.

To set an event with recorded video or snapshots, it is necessary to configure the server and media settings so that the video server will know what action to take (such as which server to send the media files to) when a trigger is activated.

■ Server / Media

Click Server to configure Server settings. For more information, please refer to Server settings on page 85.

Click Media to configure Media settings. For more information, please refer to Media settings on page 88. Action

Trigger digital output for:
Move to preset location:

Vivotek VS8801 - Action - 2

text_image Server Media Extra parameter SD ----None ----- SD test View

Here is an example of the Event settings page:

Event name: Event1

√ Enable this event

Priority: Normal

Detect next event after 10 second(s).

Note: This can be only applied to motion detection, digital input, and manual trigger.

Trigger

Source: System boot

Event schedule

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat

Time

Always

From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm]

Action

Trigger digital output for:

Move to preset location:

Backup media if the network is disconnected

Server

Media

Extra parameter

SD

---None---

SD test

View

JOCHEN

---None---

Enable customized folder

%Y%M%D/%H

View

Save

Close

When completed, click Save to enable the settings and click Close to exit Event Settings page. The new Event settings / Server settings / Media settings will appear in the event drop-down list on the Application page.

SD Test: If you have an SD card, click the button to test the availability. Your camera will display a message indicating a success or failure. If you want to use your SD card for local storage, please format it before use. Please refer to page 109 for more information.

Here is an example of the Application page with an event setting:

Event settings

NameStatusSunMonTueWedThuFriSatTimeTrigger
Event1ONVVVVVVV00:00~24:00boot
AddEvent1DeleteHelp

Server settings

NameTypeAddress/Location
FTPftpftp://vivotek.com.tw
HTTPhttphttp://192.168.5.10/CGI-BIN/UPLOAD.CGI
NASns\\192.168.4.138\nas
EamilemailMs.vivotek.tw

Media settings

Available memory space: 57964KB
NameType
System logsystemlog
Snapshotsnapshot
Video clipvideoclip

Customized script

NameDateTime
AddDelete

When the Event Status is ON, once an event is triggered by motion detection, the video server will automatically send snapshots via e-mail.

If you want to stop the event trigger, you can click ON to turn it to OFF status or click Delete to remove the event setting.

To remove a server setting from the list, select a server name from the drop-down list and click Delete. Note that only when the server setting is not being applied to an event setting can it be deleted.

To remove a media setting from the list, select a media name from the drop-down list and click Delete. Note that only when the media setting is not being applied to an event setting can it be deleted.

Server settings

Click Server on Event Settings page to open the Server Setting page. On this page, you can specify where the notification messages are sent when a trigger is activated. A total of 5 server settings can be configured.

Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.

Server type

There are four choices of server types available: Email, FTP, HTTP, and Network storage. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options. You can configure either one or all of them.

Email: Select to send the media files via email when a trigger is activated.

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 1

text_image Server name: Server type Email: Sender email address: Camera@vivotek.com Recipient email address: VIVOTEK@vivotek.com Server address: Ms.vivotek.tw User name: Password: Server port 25 This server requires a secure connection (SSL) FTP: HTTP: Network storage: Test Save Close

■ Sender email address: Enter the email address of the sender.
■ Recipient email address: Enter the email address of the recipient.
■ Server address: Enter the domain name or IP address of the email server.
■ User name: Enter the user name of the email account if necessary.
■ Password: Enter the password of the email account if necessary.
■ Server port: The default mail server port is set to 25. You can also manually set another port.

If your SMTP server requires a secure connection (SSL), check This server requires a secure connection (SSL).

To verify if the email settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window. If successful, you will also receive an email indicating the result.

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 2

text_image The email has been sent successfully.

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 3

text_image Error in sending email.

Click Save to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the page.

FTP: Select to send the media files to an FTP server when a trigger is activated.

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 4

text_image Server name: FTP Server type Email: FTP: Server address: ftp://vivotek.com.tw Server port: 21 User name: vivotek Password: •••••• FTP folder name: ✓ Passive mode HTTP: Network storage: Test Save Close

■ Server address: Enter the domain name or IP address of the FTP server.
■ Server port

By default, the FTP server port is set to 21. It can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

■ User name: Enter the login name of the FTP account.
■ Password: Enter the password of the FTP account.
■ FTP folder name

Enter the folder where the media file will be placed. If the folder name does not exist, the video server will create one on the FTP server.

■ Passive mode

Most firewalls do not accept new connections initiated from external requests. If the FTP server supports passive mode, select this option to enable passive mode FTP and allow data transmission to pass through the firewall.

To verify if the FTP settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window as shown below. If successful, you will also receive a test.txt file on the FTP server.

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 5

text_image ftp transmission successfully.

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 6

text_image ftp transmission failed.

Click Save to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the page.

HTTP: Select to send the media files to an HTTP server when a trigger is activated.

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 7

text_image Server name: HTTP Server type Email: FTP: HTTP: URL: http://192.168.5.10/cgi-bin/upload.cgi User name: Password: Network storage: Test Save Close

■ URL: Enter the URL of the HTTP server.
■ User name: Enter the user name if necessary.
■ Password: Enter the password if necessary.

To verify if the HTTP settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window as below. If successful, you will receive a test.txt file on the HTTP server.

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 8

text_image HTTP Transmission successfully. Thanks

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 9

text_image HTTP Transmission failed.

Click Save to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the page.

When completed, the new server settings will automatically be displayed on the Event Settings page. For example: Action

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 10

text_image Action Trigger digital output for: Move to preset location: Server Media Extra parameter Enable customized folder NAS —None— %Y%M%D%H View Email —None— FTP —None— HTTP —None— By default, the folder is named after the date and hour. For more information about file destination, please refer to page 90. Save Close

Vivotek VS8801 - Server type - 11

NOTE:

By default, the folder is named after the date and hour; "%Y%M%D%H" refers to Year/Month/Date/Hour. Your saved media files will be automatically classified in folders named after the date and hour, if you keep the default setting. You may also create the customized folder by any other desired name, but all media files will be saved in the same folder.

Media settings

Click Media on the Event Settings page to open the Media Settings page. On this page, you can specify the type of media that will be sent when a trigger is activated. A total of 5 media settings can be configured.

Media name: Enter a name for the media setting.

Media type

There are three choices of media types available: Snapshot, Video Clip, and System log. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options. You can configure either one or all of them.

Snapshot: Select to send snapshots when a trigger is activated.

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 1

text_image Media type Snapshot Channel: 1 Stream: 1 Send 1 pre-event image(s) [0~7] Send 1 post-event image(s) [0~7] File name prefix: channel1_ Add date and time suffix to file name Video clip System log Save Close

■ Channel: Select to take snapshots from stream 1 \~ 4.
■ Send □ pre-event images

The video server has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide how many images to capture before a trigger is activated. Up to 7 images can be generated.
■ Send □ post-event images

Enter a number to decide how many images to capture after a trigger is activated. Up to 7 images can be generated.

For example, if both the Send pre-event images and Send post-event images are set to 7, a total of 15 images are generated after a trigger is activated.

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 2

text_image 1 pic. 2 pic. 3 pic. 4 pic. 5 pic. 6 pic. 7 pic. 8 pic. 9 pic. 10 pic. 11 pic. 10 pic. 12 pic. 13 pic. 14 pic. 15 pic. Trigger Activation

■ File name prefix

Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.

■ Add date and time suffix to the file name

Select this option to add a date/time suffix to the file name.

For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 3

text_image Snapshot_20080104_100341 File name prefix Date and time suffix The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Click Save to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the page.

Video clip: Select to send video clips when a trigger is activated.

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 4

text_image Media name: Snapshot Media type Snapshot Video clip Channel: 1 Pre-event recording: 0 seconds [0~9] Maximum duration: 5 seconds [1~20] Maximum file size: 500 Kbytes [50~5000] File name prefix: channel1_ System log Save Close

■ Channel: The video source. The stream source will be identical to the preset time shift caching stream. For more information about time shift caching stream, please refer to page 57.
■ Pre-event recording

The video server has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide the duration of recording before a trigger is activated. Up to 9 seconds can be set.

■ Maximum duration

Specify the maximum recording duration in seconds. Up to 10 seconds can be set. For example, if pre-event recording is set to five seconds and the maximum duration is set to ten seconds, the video server continues to record for another 4 seconds after a trigger is activated.

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 5

text_image 1 sec, 2 sec, 3 sec, 4 sec, 5 sec, 6 sec, 7 sec, 8 sec, 9 sec, 10 sec. Trigger Activation

■ Maximum file size

Specify the maximum file size allowed.

■ File name prefix

Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.

For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 6

text_image Video_20110120_100341 File name prefix Date and time suffix The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Click Save to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the page.

System log: Select to send a system log when a trigger is activated. Click Save to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the page.

When completed, click Save to enable the settings and click Close to exit this page. The new media settings will appear on the Event settings page.

You can continue to select a server and media type for the event. Please go back to page 79 for detailed information.

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 7

text_image Server Media Extra parameter Enable customized folder NAS ----None---- ▼ %Y%M%D/%H ----None---- Snapshot Video clip System log View Email FTP ----None---- HTTP ----None---- ▼

■ Enable customized folder: Create folders by date, time, and hour automatically: If you check this item, the system will generate folders automatically by date.
■ View: Click this button to open a file list window. This function is only for Network Storage (NAS) and SD/SDHC card.

If you click the View button of Network storage, a file directory window will pop up for you to view recorded data on Network storage.

The following is an example of a file destination with video clips:

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 8

text_image 20110120 20110121 20110122 The format is: YYYYMMDD Click to open the directory Click to delete selected items Delete Delete all Click to delete all recorded data

Click 20110120 to open the directory:

The format is: HH (24r)

Click to open the file list for that hour

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 9

text_image < 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 > file name size date time Recording1_58.mp4 2526004 2011/01/20 07:58:28 Recording1_59.mp4 2563536 2011/01/20 07:59:28 Delete Delete all Back Click to delete selected items Click to go back to the previous level of the directory Click to delete all recorded data

Vivotek VS8801 - Media type - 10

text_image < 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 > file name size date time Recording1_58 mp4 2526004 2011/01/20 | 07:58:28 Recording1_59 mp4 2563536 2011/01/20 | 07:59:28 Delete Delete all Back

The format is: File name prefix + Minute (mm)

You can set up the file name prefix on Media Settings page. Please refer to page 88 for detailed information.

Recording > Recording settings Advanced Mode

This section explains how to configure the recording settings for the Video Server.

Recording Settings
Vivotek VS8801 - Recording &gt; Recording settings Advanced Mode - 1

text_image Recording settings Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Channel Destination Add SD test Delete

Vivotek VS8801 - Recording &gt; Recording settings Advanced Mode - 2

NOTE:

▶ Please remember to format your SD card when using it for the first time. Please refer to page 109 for detailed information.
The SD card storage option is only available on the VS8401.

Recording Settings

Click Add to open the recording setting window. On this page, you can define the adaptive recording, recording sources, recording schedule, and recording capacity. A total of 2 recording settings can be configured.

Recording
Vivotek VS8801 - Recording Settings - 1

text_image Recording name: Enable this recording With adaptive recording Priority: Normal Channel: 1 Trigger Schedule Network fail Recording schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Destination SD Note: To enable recording notification please configure Application first Save Close

■ Recording name: Enter a name for the recording setting.
■ Enable this recording: Select this option to enable video recording.
■ With adaptive recording:

Selecting this option will activate the frame rate control according to alarm trigger. The frame rate control means that when there is a triggered alarm, the frame rate will raise up to the value you've set on Stream setting page. Please refer to page 53 for more information.

If you enable the adaptive recording and enable time-shift cache stream on Camera A, only when an event takes place on Camera A will the server records the streaming data at the full frame rate. This methodology only requires transferring the Intra frame data during normal operation, and full-frame-rate videos in the occurrences of events, and thus saving users of network bandwidth and storage space.

Vivotek VS8801 - Recording Settings - 2

flowchart
graph LR
    A["1: Running Person"] --> B["2: Running Person"]
    B --> C["3: Running Person"]
    C --> D["4: Running Person"]

Vivotek VS8801 - Recording Settings - 3

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Step 1: Running"] --> B["Step 2: Jumping"]
    B --> C["Step 3: Jumping"]
    C --> D["Step 4: Jumping"]

I frame ---> Full frame rate ---> I frame

Bandwidth
Vivotek VS8801 - Recording Settings - 4

line | Time | Activity Adaptive Streaming | | ---- | --------------------------- | | 0 | Low | | 1 | Low | | 2 | Low | | 3 | Low | | 4 | Low | | 5 | Low | | 6 | Low | | 7 | Low | | 8 | Low | | 9 | Low | | 10 | Low |

The alarm trigger includes: motion detection and DI dection. Please refer to Event settings on page 87.

■ Pre-event recording and post-event recording:
The Video Server has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide the duration of recording before and after a trigger is activated.
■ Priority: Select the relative importance of this recording (High, Normal, or Low). Recording with a higher priority setting will be executed first.
■ Source: Select a stream as the recording source.

Vivotek VS8801 - Recording Settings - 5

NOTE:

▶ To enable adaptive recording, please make sure you have setup the triggering sources such as Motion Detection, DI devices, or Manual Triggers.
▶ When there is no alarm trigger:

  • JPEG mode: records 1 frame per second.
  • H.264 mode: record one I frame only.
  • MPEG-4mation.

▶ When the I frame period is <1s on Video settings page, it should be forced to make the I frame period to 1s when adaptive recording is activated.
▶ To enable adaptive recording, please also enable time shift caching stream and select a caching stream on page 56, Audio and Video settings.
▶ To enable recording notification please configure Event Settings first. Please refer to page 79.

Please follow steps 1 to 2 below to set up a recording setting:

1. Trigger

Select a triggering condition: For example, event triggers might not make sense in a place full of human traffic during the office hours. You may want to enable the triggering conditions during the night.

Vivotek VS8801 - Trigger - 1

text_image Trigger Schedule Network fail Recording schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm]

■ Schedule: The server to start recording files onto local storage or networked storage (NAS).
■ Network fail: Starts recording to the local storage (SD card) in the event of network failures.

2. Destination

You can either select an SD card or a networked storage (NAS) to store the recorded videos.

Vivotek VS8801 - Destination - 1

text_image Destination SD SD NAS Note: To enable dating notification please configure Application first Save Close

To add a NAS server, move to the Application > Event > and Add Event setting page. Please note that only one NAS server can be configured as the recording destination.

If you have selected a NAS server as the recording destination, you should configure the following options: Capacity, File name prefix, and Cyclic recording.

Vivotek VS8801 - Destination - 2

text_image Destination NAS Capacity: Entire free space Reserved space: 15 Mbytes File name prefix: channel1_ Enable cyclic recording

Note: To enable recording notification please configure Application first

Vivotek VS8801 - Destination - 3

■ Capacity: You can select either the entire storage space available or specify a reserved space. The recording size limit must be larger than the reserved space for cyclic recording. The reserved space is used for cyclic recording to prevent malfunctions that might occur during the transaction stage when the video feeds are about to fill up the storage space. This value must be larger than 15 MBytes.
■ File name prefix: Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.
■ Enable cyclic recording: If your check this item, when the maximum capacity is reached, the oldest file will be overwritten by the latest ones.

If you want to enable recording notification, please refer to Event > Event Settings on page 79 for more details.

When completed, select Enable this recording. Click Save to enable the setting and click Close to exit. When the system begins recording, it will send the recorded files to the networked storage or SD card. The new recording configuration will appear on the recording page as shown below. To move a configured setting, click on the Delete button.

Vivotek VS8801 - Destination - 4

text_image Recording settings Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Channel Destination DI1 ON V V V V V V V 00:00~24:00 channel1 SD recording1 ON V V V V V V V 00:00~24:00 channel1 NAS Add SD test DI1 Delete

Below are legends on the Recording Settings page:

Name: Click to open and edit an existing configuration.

ON (Status): Click to enable or disable the recording task.

NAS or SD: Click to open the file list produced by the recording tasks. For more information about folder naming, please refer to page 90 for details. A file list window will prompt showing previously recorded files.

Local storage > SD card management (for VS8401 only)

This section explains how to manage the local storage on the Network Camera. Here you can view SD card status, and implement SD card control.

SD card staus

This column shows the status and reserved space of your SD card. Please remember to format the SD card when using for the first time.

Vivotek VS8801 - SD card staus - 1

text_image SD card status SD card status: Detached — no SD card Total size: 0 KBytes Free size: 0 KBytes Used size: 0 KBytes Use (%): 0 % Format

Vivotek VS8801 - SD card staus - 2

text_image SD card status SD card status: Ready Total size: 7810152 KBytes Free size: 7602048 KBytes Used size: 208104 KBytes Use (%): 2.665 % Format

SD card control

Vivotek VS8801 - SD card control - 1

text_image SD card control Enable cyclic storage Enable automatic disk cleanup Maximum duration for keeping files: 7 days Save

■ Enable cyclic storage: Check this item if you want to enable cyclic recording. When the maximum capacity is reached, the oldest file will be overwritten by the latest one.
■ Enable automatic disk cleanup: Check this item and enter the number of days you wish to retain a file. For example, if you enter "7 days", the recorded files will be stored on the SD card for 7 days.

When all settings are completed, click Save to enable your settings.

Local storage > Content management

This section explains how to manage the content of recorded videos on the Network Camera. Here you can search and view the records and view the searched results.

Searching and Viewing the Records

This column allows the user to set up search criteria for recorded data. If you do not select any criteria and click Search button, all recorded data will be listed in the Search Results cloumn.

Vivotek VS8801 - Searching and Viewing the Records - 1

text_image Searching and viewing the records File attributes Trigger type: System boot Recording notify Motion Digital input Network fail Periodically Manual trigger Tampering detection Media type: Video clip Snapshot Text Locked: Locked Unlocked Backup: Backup Trigger time From: Date Time to: Date Time (yyyy-mm-dd) (hh:mm:ss) Search

■ File attributes: Select one or more items as your search criteria.
■ Trigger time: Manually enter the time range you want to search.

Click Search and the recorded data corresponding to the search criteria will be listed in Search Results window.

Search Results

The following is an example of search results. There are four columns: Trigger time, Media type, Trigger type, and Locked. Click 🔔 to sort the search results in either direction.

Vivotek VS8801 - Search Results - 1

text_image Numbers of entries displayed on one page Enter a key word to filter the search results Show 10 entries Search results Show: Media Type Trigger type Locked Backup Trigger time Video Clip Periodically No No Highlight an item 2010-08-26 10:42:55 Video Clip Periodically No No 2010-08-26 10:43:56 Video Clip Periodically No No 2010-08-26 10:44:56 Video Clip Periodically No No 2010-08-26 10:45:57 Video Clip Periodically No No 2010-08-26 10:46:58 Video Clip Periodically No No 2010-08-26 10:47:59

■ View: Click on a search result which will highlight the selected item in purple as shown above. Click the View button and a media window will pop up to play back the selected file.

For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Search Results - 2

text_image (Playback-AV) 2010/8/26 10:43:06 Small Medium Primary Close Click to adjust the image size

■ Download: Click on a search result to highlight the selected item in purple as shown above. Then click the Download button and a file download window will pop up for you to save the file.
■ JPEGs to AVI: This functions only applies to "JPEG" format files such as snapshots. You can select several snapshots from the list, then click this button. Those snapshots will be converted into an AVI file.
■ Lock/Unlock: Select the desired search results, then click this button. The selected items will become Locked, which will not be deleted during cyclic recoding. You can click again to unlock the selections. For example:

Vivotek VS8801 - Search Results - 3

text_image Show 10 entries Search: Trigger time Media Type Trigger type Locked Backup ✓ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically Yes No 10:42:55 ✓ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically Yes No 10:43:56 ✓ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically Yes No 10:44:56 □ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically No No 10:45:57 □ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically No No 10:46:58 □ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically No No 10:47:59 □ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically No No 10:49:00 □ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically No No 10:50:00 □ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically No No 10:51:01 □ 2010-08-26 Video Clip Periodically No No 10:52:00 Showing 1 to 10 of 12 entries View Download Uncheck All JPEGs to AVI Lock/Unlock Remove Note: "View" and "Download" only apply to the highlight item Click to switch pages

■ Remove: Select the desired search results, then click this button to delete the files.

System log

Advanced Mode

This section explains how to configure the video server to send the system log to the remote server as backup.

Remote log

Vivotek VS8801 - Remote log - 1

text_image Remote log Enable remote log Log server settings IP address: port 514 Save

You can configure the video server to send the system log file to a remote server as a log backup. Before utilizing this feature, it is suggested that the user install a log-recording tool to receive system log messages from the video server. An example is Kiwi Syslog Daemon. Visit http://www.kiwisyslog.com/kiwi-syslog-daemon-overview/.

Vivotek VS8801 - Remote log - 2

text_image Kevi Syslog Daemon (Version 7.1.4) File Yew Help Display 00 (Default) Date Time Priority Hostname Message 01-12-2008 15:21:32 User.Info 192.160.5.121 [RTSP SERVER]: Stop one session, IP=192.160.5.122 01-12-2008 15:21:31 User.info 192.160.5.121 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=192.160.5.122 01-12-2008 15:20:47 Syslog.info 192.160.5.121 syslogd 1.4.1: restart. 100% 3 MPH 15:34 01-12-2008

Follow the steps below to set up the remote log:

  1. In the IP address text box, enter the IP address of the remote server.
  2. In the port text box, enter the port number of the remote server.
  3. When completed, select Enable remote log and click Save to enable the setting.

Current log

Vivotek VS8801 - Current log - 1

text_image Current log Jan 2 06:51:14 syslogd 1.5.0: restart. Jan 2 06:51:15 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch httpd. Jan 2 06:51:15 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch recorder. Jan 2 06:51:15 [EVENT MGR]: Starting eventmgr with support for EcTun Jan 2 06:51:15 [EVENT MGR]: Task conf file: there is no valid event in recording_task.xml, skip it Jan 2 06:51:15 [EVENT MGR]: Task conf file: there is no valid event in event_task.xml, skip it Jan 2 06:51:15 [DRM Service]: Starting DRM service. Jan 2 06:51:17 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch vencslave1. Jan 2 06:51:17 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch vencslave2. Jan 2 06:51:17 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch vencslave3. Jan 2 06:51:17 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch vencslave4. Jan 2 06:51:18 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch vencslave5. Jan 2 06:51:18 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch vencslave6. Jan 2 06:51:18 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch vencslave7. Jan 2 06:51:18 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch vencslave8. Jan 2 06:51:26 [UPnPIGDCP]: Search IGD failed Jan 2 06:51:29 [RTSP SERVER]: XMLSParser: open /etc/conf.d/config_seamlessrecording.xml

This column displays the system log in chronological order. The system log is stored in the video server's buffer area and will be overwritten when reaching a certain limit.

View parameters Advanced Mode

The View Parameters page lists the entire system's parameters in alphabetical order. If you need technical assistance, please provide the information listed on this page.

Parameter list

system_hostname='VS zone1'
system_ledoff='0'
system_lowlight='1'
system_date='2011/06/08'
system_time='13:29:18'
system_datetime=''
system_ntp'))
system_timezone timezoneindex='320'
system_daylight_enable='0'
system_daylight_dstactualmode='1'
system_daylight_auto_begintime='NONE'
system_daylight_auto_endtime='NONE'
system_daylight_timezones=',-360,-320,-280,-240,-241,
system_updateinterval='0'
system_info_modelname='VS8401'
system_info_extendedmodelname='VS8401'
system_info_serialnumber='00ABCDABCDEF'
system_info_firmwareversion='VS8401-VVTK-0100b'
system_info_language_count='9'
system_info_language_i0='English'
system_info_language_i1='Deutsch'
system_info_language_i2='EspaÃiol'
system_info_language_i3='FranÃSais'
system_info_language_i4='Italiano'
system_info_language_i5='æ-¥ææ-èaž'
system_info_language_i6='PortuguÃs'
system_info_language_i7='简ä½"ä,æ-‡'
system_info_language_i8='ç¹é«"ä,æ-‡'
system_info_language_i9='
system_info_language_i10='
system_info_language_i11='
system_info_language_i12='
system_info_language_i13=' 

Maintenance

This chapter explains how to restore the video server to factory default, upgrade firmware version, etc.

Reboot

Vivotek VS8801 - Reboot - 1

text_image Reboot Reboot the device Reboot

This feature allows you to reboot the video server, which takes about one minute to complete. When completed, the live video page will be displayed in your browser. The following message will be displayed during the reboot process.

Vivotek VS8801 - Reboot - 2

text_image The device is rebooting now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.5.151:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser.

If the connection fails after rebooting, manually enter the IP address of the video server in the address field to resume the connection.

Restore

Vivotek VS8801 - Restore - 1

text_image Restore Restore all settings to factory default except settings in □ Network type □ Daylight saving time □ Custom language Restore

This feature allows you to restore the video server to factory default settings.

Network type: Select this option to retain the Network type settings (please refer to Network type on page 35).

Daylight saving time: Select this option to retain the Daylight saving time settings (please refer to System on page 26)

Custom language: Select this option to retain the Custom Language settings.

If none of the options is selected, all settings will be restored to factory default.

The following message is displayed during the restoring process.

Vivotek VS8801 - Restore - 2

text_image The device is rebooting now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.5.151:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser.

Export / Upload Files Advanced Mode

This feature allows you to Export / Upload daylight saving time rules, custom language files, and setting backup files. Export files

Vivotek VS8801 - Export / Upload Files Advanced Mode - 1

text_image Export files Export daylight saving time configuration file Export Export language file Export Export setting backup file Export Upload files Update daylight saving time rules Browse...Upload Update custom language file Browse...Upload Upload setting backup file Browse...Upload

Export daylight saving time configuration file: Click to set the start and end time of DST.

Follow the steps below to export:

  1. In the Export files column, click Export to export the daylight saving time configuration file from the video server.
  2. A file download dialog will pop up as shown below. Click Open to review the XML file or click Save to store the file for editing.

Vivotek VS8801 - Export / Upload Files Advanced Mode - 2

text_image File Download Do you want to open or save this file? Name: config_dst.xml Type: XML Document, 11.1 KB From: 192.168.5.151 Open Save Cancel While files from the Internet can be useful, some files can potentially harm your computer. If you do not trust the source, do not open or save this file. What's the risk?
  1. Open the file with Microsoft ^® Notepad and locate your time zone; set the start and end time of DST. When completed, save the file.

In the example below, DST begins each year at 2:00 a.m. on the second Sunday in March and ends at 2:00 a.m. on the first Sunday in November.

Vivotek VS8801 - Export / Upload Files Advanced Mode - 3

text_image First Sunday 2 60 3 Second Sunday 2 -60 11 First sunday 2

Upload daylight saving time rule: Click Browse... and specify the XML file to upload.

If the incorrect date and time are assigned, you will see the following warning message when uploading the file to the video server.

Vivotek VS8801 - Export / Upload Files Advanced Mode - 4

text_image First sunday 2 60 15 Second sunday 2 -60 11 First sunday 2

The following message is displayed when attempting to upload an incorrect file format.

Vivotek VS8801 - Export / Upload Files Advanced Mode - 5

text_image Microsoft Internet Explorer The file must have a .xml filename suffix. OK

Export language file: Click to export language strings. VIVOTEK provides nine languages: English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語, Português, 簡体中文, and 繁體中文.

Upload custom language file: Click Browse... and specify your own custom language file to upload.

Export setting backup file: Click to export all parameters for the device and user-defined scripts.

Upload setting backup file: Click Browse... to upload a setting backup file. Please note that the model and firmware version of the device should be the same as the setting backup file. If you have set up a fixed IP or other special settings for your device, it is not suggested to upload a settings backup file.

Upgrade firmware

Vivotek VS8801 - Upgrade firmware - 1

text_image Upgrade firmware Select firmware file Browse... Upgrade

This feature allows you to upgrade the firmware of your video server. It takes a few minutes to complete the process.

Note: Do not power off the video server during the upgrade!

Follow the steps below to upgrade the firmware:

  1. Download the latest firmware file from the VIVOTEK website. The file is in .pkg file format.
  2. Click Browse... and specify the firmware file.
  3. Click Upgrade. The video server starts to upgrade and will reboot automatically when the upgrade completes.

If the upgrade is successful, you will see "Reboot system now!! This connection will close". After that, re-access the video server.

The following message is displayed when the upgrade has succeeded.

Reboot system now!! This connection will close.

The following message is displayed when you have selected an incorrect firmware file.

Starting firmware upgrade... Do not power down the server during the upgrade. The server will restart automatically after the upgrade is completed. This will take about 1 - 5 minutes. Wrong PKG file format Unpack fail

Appendix

URL Commands for the Network Camera/Video Server

1. Overview

For some customers who already have their own web site or web control application, the Network Camera/Video Server can be easily integrated through URL syntax. This section specifies the external HTTP-based application programming interface. The HTTP-based camera interface provides the functionality to request a single image, control camera functions (PTZ, output relay etc.), and get and set internal parameter values. The image and CGI-requests are handled by the built-in Web server.

2. Style Convention

In URL syntax and in descriptions of CGI parameters, text within angle brackets denotes content that is to be replaced with either a value or a string. When replacing the text string, the angle brackets should also be replaced. An example of this is the description of the name for the server, denoted with in the URL syntax description below, that is replaced with the string myserver in the URL syntax example further down in the page.

URL syntax is denoted with the word "Syntax:" written in bold face followed by a box with the referenced syntax as shown below. For example, name of the server is written as and is intended to be replaced with the name of the actual server. This can either be a name, e.g., "mywebcam" or "thecam.adomain.net" or the associated IP number for the server, e.g., 192.168.0.220.

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg

Description of returned data is written with "Return:" in bold face followed by the returned data in a box. All data is returned in HTTP format, i.e., each line is separated with a Carriage Return and Line Feed (CRLF) printed as \n.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 \r\n

URL syntax examples are written with "Example:" in bold face followed by a short description and a light grey box with the example.

Example: request a single snapshot image

http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg

3. General CGI URL Syntax and Parameters

When the CGI request includes internal camera parameters, these parameters must be written exactly as they are named in the camera or video server. The CGIs are organized in functionally-related directories under the cgi-bin directory. The file extension .cgi is required.

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/<subdir>[/<subdir>...]/<cgi>.<ext>[?<parameter><value>[&<parameter><value>...]] 

Example: Set digital output #1 to active

http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=1

4. Security Level

SECURITY LEVELSUB-DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION
0 anonymous Unprotected.
1 [view] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl1. Can view, listen, talk to camera.2. Can control DI/DO, PTZ of the camera.
4 [operator] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operatorOperator access rights can modify most of the camera's parameters except some privileges and network options.
6 [admin] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator, adminAdministrator access rights can fully control the camera's operations.
7 N/A Internal parameters. Unable to be changed by any external interfaces.

5. Get Server Parameter Values

Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...] 

Where the should be [_<name)]. If you do not specify any parameters, all the parameters on the server will be returned. If you specify only , the parameters of the related group will be returned.

When querying parameter values, the current parameter values are returned.

A successful control request returns parameter pairs as follows:

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair> 
where <parameter pair> is
<parameter>=<value>\r\n
[<parameter pair>] 

is the actual length of content.

Example: Request IP address and its response

Request:

http://192.168.0.123/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?network_ipaddress 

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/html\r\n

Context-Length: 33\r\n

\r\n

network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n

6. Set Server Parameter Values

Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>] 

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION

value to assignedAssignto the parameter.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.(Note: The return page can be a general HTML file (.htm, .html). It cannot be a CGI command or have any extra parameters. This parameter must be placed at the end of the parameter list

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair>
where <parameter pair> is
<parameter>=<value>\r\n
[<parameter pair>] 

Only the parameters that you set and are readable will be returned.

Example: Set the IP address of server to 192.168.0.123:

Request:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/html\r\n

Context-Length: 33\r\n

\r\n

network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n

7. Available parameters on the server

This chapter defines all the parameters which can be configured or retrieved from VIVOTEK network camera or video server. The general format of description is listed in the table below

Valid values:

VALID VALUES DESCRIPTION
string[]Text strings shorter than ‘n’ characters. The characters ‘,’, <,>,& are invalid.
string[n~m]Text strings longer than ‘n’ characters and shorter than ‘m’ characters. The characters ‘,’, <,>,& are invalid.
password[] The same as string but displays ‘*’ instead.
integer Any number between (-231-1) and (231-1).
positive integer Any number between 0 and (232-1).
~Any number between ‘m’ and ‘n’.
domain name[] A string limited to a domain name shorter than ‘n’ characters (eg. www.ibm.com).
email address []A string limited to an email address shorter than ‘n’ characters (eg. joe@www.ibm.com).
ip address A string limited to an IP address (eg. 192.168.1.1).
mac address A string limited to contain a MAC address without hyphens or colons.
booleanA boolean value of 1 or 0 represents [Yes or No], [True or False], [Enable or Disable].
,,,,...,Enumeration. Only given values are valid.
blankA blank string.
everything inside <>A description
integer primary keySQLite data type. A 32-bit signed integer. The value is assigned a unique integer by the server.
textSQLite data type. The value is a text string, stored using the database encoding (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE).
coordinatex, y coordinate (eg. 0,0)
window sizewindow width and height (eg. 800x600)

NOTE: The camera should not be restarted when parameters are changed.

7.1 system

Group: system

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
hostnamestring[40]Server”1/6“Videbsname of server (Network Camera, Wireless Network Camera, Video Server, Wireless Video Server).
ledoff0 6/6 Turn on (0) or turnoff (1) all led indicators.
date, keep, auto, keep, auto6/6 Current date of system. Set to ‘keep’ to keep date unchanged. Set to ‘auto’ to use NTP to synchronize date.
time, keep, auto, keep, auto6/6 Current time of the system. Set to ‘keep’ to keep time unchanged. Set to ‘auto’ to use NTP to synchronize time.
datetime, keep, autotime>6/6 Amount current time format of the system.
ntp, blankname>6/6 NTP server.*Do not use “skip to invoke default server” for default value.
timezoneindex-489 ~ 52906/6Indicate timezone and area.-480: GMT-12:00Eniwetok,Kwajalein-440: GMT-11:00Midway Island, Samoa-400: GMT-10:00 Hawaii-360: GMT-09:00 Alaska-320: GMT-08:00 Las Vegas, San_Francisco, Vancouver-280: GMT-07:00 Mountain Time, Denver-281: GMT-07:00 Arizona-240: GMT-06:00 Central America, Central Time, Mexico City, Saskatchewan-200: GMT-05:00 Eastern Time, New York, Toronto-201: GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito, Indiana-180: GMT-04:30 Caracas-160: GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time, Canada, La Paz, Santiago-140: GMT-03:30 Newfoundland-120: GMT-03:00 Brasília, Buenos Aires, Georgetown, Greenland-80: GMT-02:00Mid-Atlantic-40: GMT-01:00Azores,Cape_Verde_IS.0: GMT Casablanca,Greenwich MeanTime: Dublin,Edinburgh, Lisbon,London40: GMT 01:00Amsterdam, Berlin,Rome, Stockholm,Vienna, Madrid,Paris41: GMT 01:00Warsaw, Budapest,Bern80: GMT 02:00Athens, Helsinki,Istanbul, Riga81: GMT 02:00Cairo82: GMT 02:00Lebanon, Minsk83: GMT 02:00Israel120: GMT 03:00Baghdad, Kuwait,Riyadh, Moscow,St. Petersburg,Nairobi121: GMT 03:00Iraq140: GMT 03:30Tehran160: GMT 04:00Abu Dhabi, Muscat,Baku,Tbilisi, Yerevan180: GMT 04:30Kabul200: GMT 05:00Ekaterinburg,Islamabad, Karachi,Tashkent220: GMT 05:30Calcutta, Chennai,Mumbai, New Delhi230: GMT 05:45Kathmandu240: GMT 06:00Almaty,Novosibirsk,Astana, Dhaka, SriJayawardenepura260: GMT 06:30Rangoon280: GMT 07:00Bangkok, Hanoi,Jakarta,Krasnoyarsk320: GMT 08:00Beijing, Chongging,Hong Kong, KualaLumpur, Singapore,Taipei360: GMT 09:00Osaka, Sapporo,Tokyo, Seoul,Yakutsk380: GMT 09:30Adelaide, Darwin400: GMT 10:00Brisbane, Canberra,Melbourne, Sydney, Guam, Vladivostok440: GMT 11:00
Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia 480: GMT 12:00 Auckland, Wellington, Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is. 520: GMT 13:00 Nuku’alofa
daylight_enable06/6 daylight saving time in time zone.
daylight_auto_begintime string[19] NONE 6/7 Display the currentdaylight saving start time.
daylight_auto_endtime string[19] NONE 6/7 Display the currentdaylight saving end time.
daylight_timezonesstring-360,-320,-280,-240,-241,-200,-201,-160,-140,-120,-80,-40,0,40,41,80,81,82,83,120,140,380,400,4806/6 List timezone index which support daylight saving time.
updateinterval0,3600,86400,604800,25920000 6/6 0 to Disableautomatic time adjustment, otherwise, it indicates the seconds between NTP automatic update intervals.
restore0,N/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values after
reset0,N/A 7/6 Restart the serverseconds.
afterseconds ifis non-negative.
restoreexceptnetN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except (ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2, pppoc). This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.
restoreexceptdstN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except all daylight saving time settings. This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to default values except for a union of combined results.
restoreexceptlangN/A 7/6 Restore the system
parameters to default values except the custom language file the user has uploaded. This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.

7.1.1 system.info

Subgroup of system: info (The fields in this group are unchangeable.)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
modelname string[40] VS84010/7Internal model nameof the server (e.g. IP7139)
extendedmodelnamestring[40]VS84010/7ODM specific model name of server (e.g. DCS-5610). If it is not an ODM model, this field will be equal to “modelname”
serialnumber0/7 12 charactersMAC address (without hyphens).
firmwareversion string[40]0/7Firmware version, including model, company, and version number in the format:
language_count90/7Number of webpage languages available on the server.
language_i<0~(count-1)>string[16]English,Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語, Português, 简体中文, 繁體中文0/7Available language lists.
customlanguage_maxcount1 0/6 Maximum number of custom languages supported on the server.
customlanguage_count0 0/6 Number of custom languages which have been uploaded to the server.
customlanguage_i<0~(max count-1)>string N/A0/6 Custom language name.

7.2 status

Group: status

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
signal_c<0~(nvidcoin-1)>01/70=> No signal.1=> Signal detected.
videomode_c<0~(nvideoin-1)>ntsc,palntsc1/7Video modulation type
di_i<0~(ndi-1)>01/70 => Inactive, normal1 => Active, triggered(capability.ndi > 0)
do_i<0~(ndo-1)>01/70 => Inactive, normal1 => Active, triggered(capability.ndo > 0)
onlinenum_rtspinteger06/7Current number of RTSP connections.
onlinenum_httppushinteger06/7Current number of HTTP push server connections.
eth_i01/7Get network information from mii-tool.
vi_i<0~(nvi-1)>01/7Virtual input0 => Inactive1 => Active(capability.nvi > 0)

7.3 digital input behavior define

Group: di_i<0\~(ndi-1)>(capability.ndi>0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
normalstatehigh,lowhigh 1/1 Indicates open circuit or closed circuit (inactive status)

7.4 digital output behavior define

Group: do_i<0\~(ndo-1)>(capability.ndo>0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
normalstateopen, groundedopen 1/1 Indicate open circuit or closed circuit (inactive status)

7.5 security

Group: security

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
privilege_do view, operator, adminoperatoroperator6/6 Indicate which privileges and above can control digital output (capability.ndo > 0)
privilege_camctrlview, operator, adminview 6/6 Indicate which privileges and above can control PTZ (capability.ptzenabled > 0 or capability.eptz > 0)
user_i0_namestring[64]root6/7User name of root
user_i<1~20>_namestring[64]6/7User name
user_i0_passpassword[64]6/6Root password
user_i<1~20>_passpassword[64]7/6User password
user_i0_privilegeviewer,operator,adminadmin6/7Root privilege
user_i<1~20>_privilegeviewer,operator,admin6/6User privilege

7.6 network

Group: network

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
preprocessNULL 7/6 An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => HTTP service;Bit 1 => HTTPS service;Bit 2 => FTP service;Bit 3 => Two way audio and RTSP Streaming service;To stop service before changing its port settings.It'srecommendedto set this parameter when change a service port to the port occupied by another service currently. Otherwise, the service may fail.Stopped service will auto-start after changing port settings.Ex:Change HTTP port from 80 to 5556, and change RTP port for video from 5556 to 20480.Then, set preprocess=9 to stop both service first."/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_preprocess=9&network_http_port=5556 & network_rtp_videoport=20480"
typelan, pppoelan 6/6 Network connection type.
resetip1 6/6 1 => Get ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2from DHCP server at next reboot.0 => Use preset ipaddress, subnet, rounter, dns1, and dns2.
ipaddress192.168.0.996/6 IP addressof server.
subnet6/6Subnet mask.
router6/6Default gateway.
dns16/6Primary DNS server.
dns26/6Secondary DNS server.
wins16/6Primary WINS server.
wins26/6Secondary WINS server.

7.6.1 802.1x

Subgroup of network: ieee8021x (capability.protocol.ieee8021x > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6 Enable/disableIEEE 802.1x
capmethodcap-peap,cap-tlscap-peap 6/6 Selected EAP method
identity_peap String[64]6/6 PEAP identity
identity_tlsString[64]6/6 TLS identity
passwordString[254]6/6Password for TLS
privatekeypasswordString[254]6/6Password for PEAP
ca_exist06/6CA installed flag
ca_time06/7CA installed time. Representedin EPOCH
ca_size06/7CA file size (in bytes)
certificate_exist06/6Certificate installed flag (forTLS)
certificate_time06/7Certificate installed time.Represented in EPOCH
certificate_size06/7Certificate file size (in bytes)
privatekey_exist06/6Private key installed flag (forTLS)
privatekey_time06/7 Private key installed time.
Represented in EPOCH
privatekey_size06/7 Private key file size (in bytes)

7.6.2 QOS

Subgroup of network: qos_cos (capability.protocol.qos.cos > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6 Enable/disable CoS (IEEE 802.1p)
vlanid1~409516/6VLAN ID
video0~706/6Video channel for CoS
audio0~706/6Audio channel for CoS(capability.naudio >0)
eventalarm0~706/6Event/alarm channel for CoS
management0~706/6Management channel for CoS
eventtunnel0~706/6Event/Control channel for CoS

Subgroup of network: qos_dscp (capability.protocol.qos.dscp > 0)

NAME VALUEDEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable/disable DSCP
video0~6306/6Video channel for DSCP
audio0~6306/6Audio channel for DSCP(capability.naudio > 0)
eventalarm0~6306/6Event/alarm channel for DSCP
management0~6306/6Management channel for DSCP
eventtunnel0~6306/6Event/Control channel for DSCP

7.6.3 IPV6

Subgroup of network: ipv6 (capability.protocol.ipv6 > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable IPv6.
addonipaddress6/6IPv6 IP address.
addonprefixlen0~12864 6/6 IPv6 prefix length.
addonrouter6/6IPv6 router address.
addondns6/6IPv6 DNS address.
allowoptional06/6Allow manually setup of IPaddress setting.

7.6.4 FTP

Subgroup of network: ftp

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port 21, 1025~6553521 6/6 Local ftp server port.

7.6.5 HTTP

Subgroup of network: http

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port80, 1025 ~ 6553580 6/6 HTTP port.
alternateport1025~65535806/6 Alternate HTTP port.
authmodebasic,digestbasic 1/6 HTTPauthentication mode.
anonymousviewing01/6 Enable anonymous streaming viewing.

Subgroup of network: http_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and c is channel count[1\~n]

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
s0_accessnamestring[32]“video.mjpg” for c = 1. ”video2.mjpg” for c = 2. ”video3.mjpg” for c = 3, and so on.1/6 HTTP server push access name for channel c stream 1.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg=1 and capability.nmediastream > 0)
s1_accessnamestring[32]“video1-2.mjpg” for c = 1. ”video2-2.mjpg” for c = 2, and so on.1/6 HTTP server push access name for channel c stream 2.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg=1 and capability.nmediastream > 1)

For compatibility, network_http_s<0\~(t-1)>_accessname are reserved, t = n*m for n channel products, and m is stream number per channel.

*Note: We can get n by (capability.nvideoin), and get m by (capability.nmediastream).

Besides, we map the first stream of each channel: network_http_c<0\~(n-1)>_s0_accessname to network_http_s<0\~(n-1)>_accessname and map the second stream of each channel: network_http_c<0\~(n-1)>_s1_accessname to network_http_s_accessname and so on.

Take VS8401 as an example, channel 1 stream 1: network_http_c0_s0_accessname is mapped to network_http_s0_accessname and channel 1 stream 2: network_http_c0_s1_accessname is mapped to network_http_s4_accessname.

7.6.6 HTTPS port

Subgroup of network: https_port (capability.protocol.https > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port443,655354430656~HTTPS port.

7.6.7 RTSP

Subgroup of network: rtsp (capability.protocol.rtsp > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port554,65535554 1/62 RTSP port.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1)
anonymousviewing01/6Enable anonymous streaming viewing.
authmodedisable,basic,digestdisable1/6 RTSP authentication mode.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1)

Subgroup of network: rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and c is channel count[1\~n] (capability.protocol.rtsp > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
s0_accessnamestring[32]“live.sdp” for c = 1. “live2.sdp” for c = 2. “live3.sdp” for c = 3,and so on.1/6 RTSP access name for channel c stream 1. (capability.protocol.rtsp=1 and capability.nmediastream >0)
s1_accessnamestring[32]“live1-2.sdp” for c = 1.“live2-2.sdp” for c = 2, and so on.1/6 RTSP access name for channel c stream 2.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1 and capability.nmediastream > 1)

For compatibility, network_rtsp_s<0\~(t-1)>_accessname are reserved, t = n*m for n channel products, and m is stream number per channel.

*Note: We can get n by (capability.nvideoin), and get m by (capability.nmediastream).

Besides, we map the first stream of each channel: network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s0_accessname to network_rtsp_s<0\~(n-1)>_accessname and map the second stream of each channel: network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s1_accessname to network_rtsp_s_accessname and so on.

Take VS8401 as an example, channel 1 stream 1: network_rtsp_c0_s0_accessname is mapped to network_rtsp_s0_accessname and channel 1 stream 2: network_rtsp_c0_s1_accessname is mapped to network_rtsp_s4_accessname.

7.6.7.1 RTSP multicast

Subgroup of network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_multicast for n channel products, and m is stream number per channel, c is channel count[1\~n], s is stream count[1\~m]

(capability.protocol.rtp.multicast > 0)

NAME VALUEDEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
alwaysmulticast0 4/4 Enable always multicast.
ipaddressFor stream 1of all channels:239.128.1.99 for channel 1 stream 1.239.128.1.100 for channe 2 stream 1, and so on.For stream 2 of all channels:239.128.1.(99+n) for channel 1 stream 2.239.128.1.(100+n) for4/4 MulticastIP address.
channel 2 stream 2, and so on.For stream 3 of all channels:239.128.1.(99+n*2) for channel 1 stream 3.239.128.1.(100+n*2) for channel 2 stream 3, and so on.
videoport 1025 ~65535 For streamof all channels:5560+(c-1)*4For stream 2 of all channels:5560+n*4*(s-1)+(c-1)*4And so on.4/4 Multicastvideo port.
audiport 1025 ~65535 For streamof all channels:5562+(c-1)*4For stream 2 of all channels:5562+n*4+(c-1)*4And so on.4/4 Multicastaudio port.(capability.naudio >0)
ttl 1 ~ 255 15 4/4Mutlicast time to live value.

For compatibility, network_rtsp_s<0\~(t-1)>_multicast are reserved, t = n*m for n channel products, and m is stream number per channel.

*Note: We can get n by (capability.nvideoin), and get m by (capability.nmediastream).

Besides, we map the first stream of each channel: network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s0_multicast to network_rtsp_s<0\~(n-1)>_multicast and map the second stream of each channel: network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s1_multicast to network_rtsp_s_multicast and so on.

Take VS8401 as an example, channel 1 stream 1 is mapped to network_rtsp_s0_multicast and channel 1 stream 2 is mapped to network_rtsp_s4_multicast.

7.6.8 SIP port

Subgroup of network: sip (capability.protocol.sip>0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port 1025 ~ 65535 5060 1/6 SIP port.

7.6.9 RTP port

Subgroup of network: rtp

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
videoport1025 ~ 6553555566/6 Video channel port for RTP. (capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1)
audiport1025 ~ 6553555586/6 Audio channel port for RTP. (capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1)

7.6.10 PPPoE

Subgroup of network: pppoe (capability.protocol.pppoe > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
userstring[128]6/6PPPoE account user name.
passpassword[64]6/6PPPoE account password.

7.7 Ipfilter for ONVIF

Group: ipfilter

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable access list filtering.
admin_enable06/6Enable administrator IP address.
admin_ipString[44]6/6Administrator IP address.
maxconnection1~10106/6Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s).
type0, 116/6Ipfilter policy :0 => allow1 => deny
ipv4list_i<0~9> Single address:Networkaddress:Rangeaddress:String[44]6/6 IPv4 address list.
ipv6list_i<0~9> String[44]6/6 IPv6 address list.

7.8 Video input setting per channel

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products, and m is stream number

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
whitebalanceauto,manualauto 4/4 “auto” indicates auto white balance.“manual” indicates keep current value.
color 0, 1 1 4/4 0=>monochrome1 => color
flip04/4Flip the image.
mirror04/4Mirror the image.
ptzstatus21/7A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function; 0 (not support), 1 (support)Bit 1 =>Built-in or external camera; 0 (external), 1 (built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation; 0 (not support), 1 (support)Bit 3 => Support tiltoperation; 0(not support),1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation; 0(not support),1(support)Bit 5 => Support focus operation; 0(not support),1(support)
textstring[16]1/4 Enclose caption.
imprinttimestamp0 4/4 Overlay time stamp andenclose caption on video.
s<0~(m-1)>_codetypempeg4,mjpeg,h264h264 1/4 Video codec type.
s<0~(m-1)>_resolution D1,4CIF,CIF,QCIF4CIF 1/4 Video resolution in pixels.
s<0~(m-1)>_ratiocorrect0 1/4 Change resolution to fit 4:3ratio.For PAL:D1/4CIF(720/704x576) -> (768x576)CIF(352x288) -> (384x288)For NTSC:D1/4CIF(720/704x480) -> (640x480)CIF(352x240) -> (320x240)
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_intraperiod250, 500, 1000,2000, 3000,40001000 4/4 Intra frame period in milliseconds.
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_ratecontrolmodecbr, vbr vbr4/4 cbr, constant bitratevbr, fix quality
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_quant0~599,1003 4/4 Quality of video when choosing vbr in “ratecontrolmode”.0, 99,100 is the customized manual input setting.
1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_qvalue1~31 74/4Manual video quality level input.(s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_quant = 0, 99)*Note: This is reserved for campatability, and we recommend changing to use “s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_qpercent”.
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_qpercent1~100 29 4/4Set quality by percentage.1: Worst quality100: Best quality(s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_quant = 100)
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_bitrate 1000~4000000 512004/4 Set bit rate in bps whenchoosing cbr in “ratecontrolmode”.
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_maxframe1~30 20 1/4 Set maximum frame rate infps (for MPEG-4).
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_intraperiod250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 40001000 4/4 Intra frame periodin milliseconds.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_ratecontrolmodecbr, vbr vbr 4/4cbr, constant bitratevbr, fix quality
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant0~5,99,10034/4Quality of video when choosing vbr in “ratecontrolmode”.0, 99 and 100 is the customized manual input setting.1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qvalue0~51264/4Manual video quality level input.(s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant = 0, 99)*Note: This is reserved forcompatibility, and we recommend changing to use “s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qpercent”.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qpercent1~100454/4 Set quality by percentage.1: Worst quality100: Best quality (s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant = 100)
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_bitrate 1000~40000005120004/4 Set bit rate in bps whenchoosing cbr in “ratecontrolmode”.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxframe1~30201/4 Set maximum frame rate in fps (for h264).
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_profile0~211/4 Indicate H264 profiles0: baseline1: main profile2: high profile
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant 0 ~5,99, 1003 4/4Quality of JPEG video.0, 99 and 100 is the customized manual input setting.1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qvalue0~200504/4 Manual video quality level input.(s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 0, 99)*Note: This is reserved for campatability, we recommend changing to use “s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qpercent”.
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qpercent1~100494/4 Set quality by percentage.1: Worst quality100: Best quality (s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 100)
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_maxfram1~30201/4Set maximum frame rate in

e fps (for JPEG).

7.9 Image setting per channel

Group: image_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
brightness -5 ~ 5, 100100 4/4 Adjust brightness of imageaccording to mode settings.100 means using “brightnesspercent”.*Note: This is reserved for campatability, and we recommend changing to use “brightnesspercent”.
saturation -5 ~ 5, 100100 4/4 Adjust saturation of imageaccording to mode settings.100 means using “saturationpercent”.*Note: This is reserved for campatability, and we recommend changing to use “saturationpercent”.
contrast -5 ~ 5, 100100 4/4 Adjust contrast of image accordingto mode settings.100 means using “contrastpercent”.*Note: This is reserved for campatability, and we recommend changing to use “contrastpercent”.
sharpness -5 ~ 5, 100100 4/4 Adjust sharpness of imageaccording to mode settings.100 means using “sharpnesspercent”.*Note: This is reserved for campatability, and we recommend
changing to use “sharpnesspercent”.
brightnesspercent 0~100 50 4/4 Adjustbrightness of image bypercentage. Darker 0<->100 Brighter
saturationpercent 0~100 50 4/4 Adjustsaturation of image bypercentage. Less 0<->100 More saturation
contrastpercent 0~10050 4/4 Adjustcontrast of image bypercentage. Less 0<->100 More contrast
sharpnesspercent0~100304/4Adjust sharpness of image by percentage. Softer 0<->100 Sharper
xoffset -4~4 2 4/4Change start point ofinput imagein horizontal.
yoffset -4~4 2 4/4Change start point ofinput imagein vertical.
deinterlace_enable14/4 Enable de-interlace
deinterlace_modeadaptive, blendadaptive 4/4Adaptive: Detect moving area and perform de-interlace on it. This mode leads to better image quality, but consumes more resource. Blend: Use blend method to perform de-interlace.
IBPE_edgeenable04/4Enable edge enhancement.
IBPE_edgestrength1~128144/4Adjust edge enhancement strength. 1 is minimum and 128 is maximum.
IBPE_nrenable04/4Enable noise reduction.
IBPE_nrmode1~314/4Adjust noise reduction mode. 1 => DeGaussian 2 => DeImpulse 3 => DeGaussian + Delmpulse
IBPE_nrstrength1~6314/4Adjust noise reduction strength. 1 is minimum and 63 is maximum.

*Note: Saving value between -5\~+5 to “brightness” will save its corresponding value to “brightnesspercent” automatically, and then the value of “brightness” will be set back to 100 to take effect.. Saving value to “saturation”, “contrast”, or “sharpness” has the same behavior.

7.10 Audio input per channel

Group: audioin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability.audioin>0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/sct)DESCRIPTION
mute 0, 1 1 1/4 Enable audio mute.
gain 0~15 84/4 Gain of input.
s0_g711_modepcmu, pcmapcmu 4/4 SetG.711 mode.

7.11 Time Shift settings

Group: timeshift, c for n channel products, m is stream number (capability.timeshift > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable04/4Enable time shift streaming.
c<0~(n-1)>_s<0~(m-1)>_allow04/4Enable time shift streaming for specific stream.

7.12 Motion detection settings

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable04/4Enable motion detection.
win_i<0~2>_enable04/4Enable motion window 1~3.
win_i<0~2>_namestring[40]4/4Name of motion window 1~3.
win_i<0~2>_left0 ~ 32004/4Left coordinate of window position.
win_i<0~2>_top0 ~ 24004/4Top coordinate of window position.
win_i<0~2>_width0 ~ 32004/4Width of motion detection window.
win_i<0~2>_height0 ~ 24004/4Height of motion detection window.
win_i<0~2>_objsize0 ~ 10004/4Percent of motion detection window.
win_i<0~2>_sensitivity 0~100 0 4/4Sensitivity of motion detectionwindow.

7.13 Tempering detection settings

Group: tampering_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product (capability.tampering > 0)

NAME VALUEDEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable0 4/4Enable or disabletamper detection.
threshold0 ~ 255321/99Threshold of tamper detection.
duration10 ~ 600104/4If tampering value exceeds the ‘threshold’ for more than ‘duration’ second(s), then tamper detection is triggered.

7.14 DDNS

Group: ddns (capability.ddns > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable or disable the dynamic DNS.
providerSafe100, DyndnsDynamic, DyndnsCustom, TZO, DHS, DynInterfree, CustomSafe100DyndnsDynamic6/6Safe100 => safe100.netDyndnsDynamic => dyndns.org (dynamic)DyndnsCustom => dyndns.org (custom)TZO => tzo.comDHS => dhs.orgDynInterfree =>dyn-interfree.itCustomSafe100 =>Custom server using safe100 method
颁布namestring[128]6/6Your DDNS hostname.
usernameemailstring[64]6/6Your user name or email to login to the DDNS service provider
passwordkeystring[64]6/6Your password or key to login to the DDNS service provider.
servernamestring[128]6/6The server name for safe100.(This field only exists if the provider is customsafe100)

7.15 UPnP presentation

Group: upnppresentation

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable16/6 Enable or disable the UPnPpresentation service.

7.16 UPnP port forwarding

Group: upnpportforwarding

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable or disable the UPnP port forwarding service.
upnpnatstatus0~306/7The status of UPnP port forwarding, used internally.0 = OK, 1 = FAIL, 2 = no IGD router, 3 = no need for port forwarding

Group:expresslink

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
stateonlycheck, onlyoffline, checkonline, badnetwork6/6 “onlycheck” : You have to input the host name of your camera and press "Register" button to register it. “onlyoffline” : Express link is active, you can now connect to this camera at expresslink_url. “checkonline” : Express link is not active. “badnetwork” : Express Link is not supported under this network environment.
urlstring[64]6/6The URL to connect to this cameraby express link.

7.18 System log

Group: syslog

NAME VALUE DEFFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enableremotelog06/6 Enable remote log.
serverip6/6 Log server IP address.
serverport 514, 1025~65535 514 6/6 Server port used for log.
level0~766/6Levels used to distinguish the importance of the information:0: LOG_EMERG1: LOG_ALERT2: LOG_CRIT3: LOG_ERR4: LOG_WARNING5: LOG_NOTICE6: LOG_INFO7: LOG_DEBUG

7.19 camera PTZ control

Group: camctrl (capability.camctrl.htptunnel > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enablehttptunnel04/4 EnableHTTP tunnel for camera control.

Group: camctrl_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product (capability.ptzenabled)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
panspeed-5 ~ 501/4Pan speed
tiltspeed-5 ~ 501/4Tilt speed
zoomspeed-5 ~ 501/4Zoom speed
focusspeed-5 ~ 501/4Auto focus speed
preset_i<0~(npreset-1) >_namestring[40]1/4Name of the preset location.
uart0 ~ (m-1), mis UART count01/4Select corresponding uart(capability.nuart>0).
cameraid0~25511/4Camera ID controlling external PTZ camera.
hometype0 1/4 The attribute defines whether the HOME command emulation is enabled.0: Use the preset position 0 as the home position1: Use HOME command (if the camera supports it.)
isptz 0 ~ 2 0 1/4 0: disable PTZ commands.1: enable PTZ commands with PTZ driver.2: enable PTZ commands with UART tunnel.
disablemdonptz<boolean>01/4Disable motion detection on PTZ operation.
patrolseq string[120]1/4(For external device)The indexes of patrol points, separated by “,”
patroldwellingstring[160]1/4(For external device)The dwelling time of each patrol point, separated by “,”

7.20 UART control

Group: uart (capability.nuart > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
ptzdrivers_i<0~19, 127>_namestring[40]1/4 Name of the PTZ driver.
ptzdrivers_i<0~19, 127>_locationstring[128]1/4Full path of the PTZ driver.
enablehttptunnel04/4Enable HTTP tunnel channel to control UART.

Group: uart_i<0\~(n-1)> n is uart port count (capability.nuart > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
baudrate110,300,600,1200,2400,3600,4800,7200,9600,19200,38400,57600,1152009600 4/4 Setbaud rate of COMport.
databit 5,6,7,8 8 4/4 Data bits in a character frame.
paritybitnone,odd,evennone 4/4 For error checking.
stopbit1,214/4 12-1.5 , data bit is 52-2
uartmoders485,rs232rs485 4/4 RS485 or RS232.
customdrvcmd_i<0~9>string[128] <blank>1/4 PTZ command for customcamera.
speedlink_i<0~15>_namestring[40] <blank>1/4 Additional PTZ commandname.
speedlink_i<0~15>_cmdstring[40] <blank>1/4 Additional PTZ command list.
ptzdriver0~19,127 (custom),128 (no driver)128(no driver)4/4 The PTZ driver is used by this COM port.

7.21 SNMP

Group: snmp (capability.snmp > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
v20~106/6SNMP v2 enabled. 0 for disable, 1 for enable
v30~106/6SNMP v3 enabled. 0 for disable, 1 for enable
secnamerwstring[31]Private6/6Read/write security name
secnamerostring[31]Public6/6Read only security name
authpwrwstring[8~128]6/6Read/write authentication password
authpwrostring[8~128]6/6Read only authentication password
authtyperwMD5,SHAMD56/6Read/write authenticat
authtyperoMD5,SHAMD56/6Read only authenticatic
encryptpwrw string[8~128] <blank> 6/6 Read/write password
encryptpwrostring[8~128]6/6Read only password
encrypttyperwDES6/6Read/write encryption type
encrypttyperoDES6/6Read only encryption type
rwcommunitystring[31]Private 6/6 Read/write community
rocommunitystring[31]Public6/6Ready only community

7.22 Layout configuration

Group: layout

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
logo_default11/60 => Custom logo1 => Default logo
logo_linkstring[40]http://www.vivotek.com1/6Hyperlink of the logo
logo_powerbyvvtk_hidden01/60 => display the power byvivotek logo1 => hide the power by vivoteklogo
theme_option1~411/61~3: One of the default themes.4: Custom definition.
theme_color_fontstring[7]#ffffff1/6Font color
theme_color_configfontstring[7]#ffffff1/6Font color of configuration area.
theme_color_titlefontstring[7]#098bd61/6Font color of video title.
theme_color_controlbackgroundstring[7]#565656 1/6Background color of control area.
theme_color_configbackgroundstring[7]#3232321/6Background color of configuration area.
theme_color_videobackgroundstring[7]#565656 1/6 Background color of video area.
theme_color_case string[7] #323232 1/6Frame color
custombutton_manualtrigger_show11/6 Show or hide manual trigger(VI) button in homepage0 -> Hidden1 -> Visible

7.23 Privacy mask

Group: privacymask_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product

NAME VALUE DEFFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable04/4Enable privacy mask.
win_i<0~4>_enable04/4Enable privacy mask window.
win_i<0~4>_namestring[14]4/4Name of the privacy mask window.
win_i<0~4>_left0 ~ 320/35204/4Left coordinate of window position.
win_i<0~4>_top0 ~ 240/28804/4Top coordinate of window position.
win_i<0~4>_width0 ~ 320/35204/4Width of privacy mask window.
win_i<0~4>_height0 ~ 240/28804/4Height of privacy mask window.

7.24 Capability

Group: capability

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
api_httpversion0200a0200a0/7The HTTP API version.
bootuptime600/7 Server bootup time.
nir0,00/7 Number of IR interfaces. (Recommend to use ir for built-in IR and extir for external IR)
npir0,0 0/7 Number of PIRs.
ndi0,4 0/7 Number of digital inputs.
nvi0,4 0/7 Number of virtual inputs (manual trigger)
ndo0,4 0/7 Number of digital outputs.
naudioin0,4 0/7 Number of audio inputs.
naudioout0,4 0/7 Number of audio outputs.
nvideoin4 0/7 Number of video inputs.
nvideoinprofile0 0/7 Number of video input profiles.
nmediastream2 0/7 Number of media stream per channels.
nvideosetting1 0/7 Number of video settings per channel.
naudiosetting1 0/7 Number of audio settings per channel.
nuart0,1 0/7 Number of UARTinterfaces.
nmotionprofile0, integer>0 <positive 0/7Number
ptzenabled0, integer>189 0/7 <pos3 bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows: Bit 0 => Support camera control function; 0(not support), 1(support)

of motion

Bit 1 => Built-in or external camera;0(external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation, 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Support tilt operation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 5 => Support focus operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 6 => Support iris operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 7 => External or built-in PT; 0(built-in), 1(external)Bit 8 => Invalidate bit 1 ~ 7;0(bit 1 ~ 7 are valid), 1(bit 1 ~ 7 are invalid)Bit 9 => Reserved bit;Invalidate lens_pan, lens_tilt, lens_zoon, lens_focus, len_iris.0(fields are valid), 1(fields are invalid)
windowless10/7Indicate whether to support windowless plug-in.
eptz0, integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer each bitintegitivecan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => stream 1 supports ePTZ or not.Bit 1 => stream 2 supports ePTZ or not.The rest may be deduced by analogy
lens_pan0, integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support pan.Bit 1 => Support pan in UI.Bit 2 => External or built-in pan function; 0(built-in), 1(external).
lens_tilt0, integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support tilt.Bit 1 => Support tilt in UI.Bit 2 => External or built-in tilt function; 0(built-in), 1(external).
lens_zoom0, integer>0 0/7 A <bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support zoomBit 1 => Support zoom in UIBit 2 => External or built-in zoom function; 0(built-in), 1(external).
lens_focus0, integer>0 0/7 A <bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support focus.Bit 1 => Support focus in UI.Bit 2 => External or built-in focus function; 0(built-in), 1(external).Bit 3 => Support auto focus in UI.
lens_iris 0, <positive 0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit
integer> can beset separately asfollows:Bit 0 => Support iris.Bit 1 => Support iris in UI.Bit 2 => External or build-in iris function;0(build-in), 1(external).Bit 3 => Support auto iris in UI.
npreset0, integer>20 0/7Nurposi of preset locations.
protocol_https <boolean> 1 0/7Indicate whether to supportHTTP over SSL.
protocol_rtsp <boolean> 1 0/7Indicate whether to supportRTSP.
protocol_sip <boolean> 10/7Indicate whether to supportSIP.
protocol_maxconnection10 0/7The maximum allowedsimultaneous connections.
protocol_maxgenconnection10 0/7The maximum generalstreaming connections .
protocol_maxmegaconnection0 0/7The maximum megapixelstreaming connections.
protocol_rtp_multicast_ scalable1 0/7Indicate whether to supportscalable multicast.
protocol_rtp_multicast_ backchannel0 0/7Indicate whether to supportbackchannel multicast.
protocol_rtp_tcp10/7Indicate whether to support RTP over TCP.
protocol_rtp_http10/7Indicate whether to support RTP over HTTP.
protocol_spush_mjpeg10/7Indicate whether to support server push MJPEG.
protocol_snmp10/7Indicate whether to support SNMP.
protocol_ipv610/7Indicate whether to support IPv6.
protocol_pppoe10/7Indicate whether to support PPPoE.
protocol_ieee8021x0/7 Indicate whether to support IEEE802.1x.
protocol_qos_cos0/7 Indicate whether to support CoS.
protocol_qos_dscp0/7 Indicate whether to support QoS/DSCP.
protocol_ddns0/7 Indicate whether to support DDNS.
videoin_type 0, 1, 2 0 0/7 0 =>Interlaced CCD
videoin_resolutionavailable resolution separated by commas>QCIF, CIF, 4CIF, D10/7 Available resolutions list.
videoin_maxframerateavailable maximum frame rate separated by commas>30, 30, 30, 300/7 Available maximum frame list.
videoin_codecmpeg4, mjpeg, h264mpeg4, mjpeg, h2640/7 Available codec list.
timeshift1 0/7 Indicate whether to support time shift caching stream.
audio_aec00/7 Indicate whether to support acoustic echo cancellation.
audio_extmic10/7 Indicate whether to support external microphone input.
audio_linein00/7 Indicate whether to support external line input. (It will be replaced by audio_mic and audio_extmic.)
audio_lineout00/7 Indicate whether to support line output.
audio_headphoneout00/7 Indicate whether to support
headphone output.
audioin_codecaac4, gamr,g711g711 0/7 Available codec list for audio input.
uart_httptunnel1 0/7Indicate whether to supportHTTP tunnel for UART transfer.
camctrl_httptunnel10/7 The attribute indicateswhether sending camera control commands through HTTP tunnel is supported.0: Not supported1: Supported
camctrl_privilege1 0/7 Indicate whether to support“Manage Privilege” of PTZ control in the Security page.1: support both/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi and/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi0: support only/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi
transmission_modeTx,Rx,BothTx 0/7 Indicate transmission modeof the machine: TX = server, Rx = receiver box, Both = DVR.
network_wire10/7 Indicate whether to supportEthernet.
network_wireless0 0/7 Indicate whether to supportwireless.
derivative_brand1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportthe upgrade function for the derivative brand. For example, if the value is true, the VVTK product can be upgraded to VVXX.(TCVV<->TCXX is excepted)
evctrlchannel10/7 Indicate whether to supportHTTP tunnel for
event/control transfer.
joystick00/7 Indicate whether to supportjoystick control.
storage_dbenabled00/7 Media files are indexed indatabase.
nanystream0, integer>0 0/7 midpoint of any mediastream per channel
iva00/7 Indicate whether to supportIntelligent Video analysis
version_onvifdaemon0/7 Indicate ONVIF daemon version
version_onvifevent0/7 Indicate ONVIF eventversion
media_totalspace60000 0/7 Available memory space (KB) for media.
media_snapshot_sizepersecond512 0/7 Maximum size (KB)of one snapshot image.
media_snapshot_maxpreevent70/7 Maximumsnapshot number before event occurred.
media_snapshot_maxpostevent70/7 Maximumsnapshot number after event occurred.
media_videoclip_maxsize50000/7 Maximumsize (KB) of a videoclip.
media_videoclip_maxlength200/7 Maximumlength (second) of a videoclip.
media_videoclip_maxpreevent90/7 Maximumduration (second) after event occurred in a videoclip.

7.25 Customized event script

Group: event_customtaskfile_i<0\~2>

PARAMETERVALUEDefaultSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
namestring[41]NULL6/7Custom script identification of this entry.
datestring[17]NULL6/7Date of custom script.
timestring[17]NULL6/7Time of custom script.

7.26 Event setting

Group: event_i<0\~2>

PARAMETER VALUEDefault SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
name string[40] NULL6/6 Identification of this entry.
enable 0, 1 0 6/6 Enableor disable this event.
priority0, 1, 216/6Indicate the priority of this event:“0” = low priority“1” = normal priority“2” = high priority
delay1~999206/6Delay in seconds before detecting the next event.
triggerboot,di,motion,seq,recnotify,tampering,visignal,virestore,viboot6/6 Indicate the trigger condition:“boot” = System boot“di”= Digital input“motion” = Video motion detection“seq” = Periodic condition“recnotify” = Recording notification.“tampering” = Tamper detection.“visignal” = Video input signal loss.“virestore” = Video input signal restore“vi”= Virtual input (Manual trigger)
triggerstatustrigger6/6The status for event trigger
di06/6Indicate the source id of di trigger.This field is required when trigger condition is “di”.One bit represents one digital input.The LSB indicates DI 0.
vi06/6Indicate the source id of vi trigger.This field is required when trigger condition is “vi”.One bit represents one digital input.The LSB indicates VI 0.
tampering 0~255 0 6/6Indicate the source of the tamperingdetection. Each bit represents one channel, and the LSB indicates channel 1.
visignal 0~255 0 6/6Indicate the source of video inputsignal loss. Each bit represents one channel, and the LSB indicates channel 1.
virestore 0~255 0 6/6Indicate the source of video inputsignal restore. Each bit represents one channel, and the LSB indicates channel 1.
mdwin <integer> 06/6Indicate the source window idof motion detection.This field is required when trigger condition is “md”.One bit represents one window.The LSB indicates the 1^st window.For example, to detect the 1^st and 3^rd windows, set mdwin as 5.
inter 1~999 16/6 Interval of snapshots in minutes.This field is used when trigger condition is “seq”.
weekday 0~127 127 6/6Indicate which weekday is scheduled.One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66.
begintimehh:mm00:006/6Begin time of the weekly schedule.
endtimehh:mm24:006/6End time of the weekly schedule.(00:00 ~ 24:00 sets schedule as always on)
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1)>_enable0, 1 0 6/6 Enable or disable trigger digitaloutput.
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1) _duration1~999 1 6/6 Duration of the digital output triggerin seconds.
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1) _delay0~999 0 6/6 The delay time needed beforetriggering the digital output (in seconds)
action_goto_c<0~(nvideo in-1)>_enable0 6/6 Indicate whether recalling the preset position is enabled.0: Disabled1: Enabled
action_goto_c<0~(nvideo in-1)>_namestring[40] <blank> 6/6 The preset position name used for recalling.
action_cf_enable 0.1 0 6/6 Enable media write on CF or otherlocal storage media
action_cf_folder string[128] NULL 6/6 Path to store media.
action_cf_media 0~7, 101 NULL 6/6 Index of the attached media.
action_cf_datefolder1 6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically.
action_cf_backup0 6/6 Enable the capability of backing up recorded files to the SD card when network is lost.0: Disabled1: Enabled
action_server_i<0~4>_ enable0, 1 0 6/6 Enable or disable this server action.
action_server_i<0~4>_ media0~7, 101 NULL 6/6 Index of the attached media.
action_server_i<0~4>_ datefolder0 6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically.0: Disabled1: Enabled
action_server_i<0~4>_foildernamestring[40]%Y%M%D%H6/6 The template of the folder name to be created. Slashes can be used in the template, and following placeholders can also be used:%Y: Year (e.g. 2010)%M: Month%D: Date%H: Hour

7.27 Server setting for event action

Group: server_i<0\~4>

PARAMETERVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
name string[40] NULL 6/6 Identification of this entry
typeemail, ftp, http, nsemail 6/6 Indicate the server type: "email" = email server "ftp" = FTP server "http" = HTTP server "ns" = network storage
http_url string[128] http:// 6/6 URL of the HTTP server to upload.
http_usernamestring[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
http_passwdstring[64]NULL6/6Password of the user.
ftp_addressstring[128]NULL6/6FTP server address.
ftp_usernamestring[64]NULL6/6Username to log in to the server.
ftp_passwdstring[64]NULL6/6Password of the user.
ftp_port0~65535216/6Port to connect to the server.
ftp_locationstring[128]NULL6/6Location to upload or store the media.
ftp_passive0, 116/6Enable or disable passive mode.0 = disable passive model = enable passive mode
email_addressstring[128] NULL 6/6 Email server address.
email_sslmode0, 106/6Enable support SSL.
email_port0~65535256/6Port to connect to the server.
email_usernamestring[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
email_passwdstring[64]NULL 6/6 Password of the user.
email_senderemailstring[128]NULL6/6 Emailaddress of the sender.
email_recipientemail string[128] NULL 6/6 Email address of the recipient.
ns_location string[128] NULL 6/6 Location to upload or store the media.
ns_username string[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
ns_passwd string[64] NULL 6/6 Password of the user.
ns_workgroup string[64] NULL 6/6 Workgroup for network storage.

7.28 Media setting for event action

Group: media_i<0\~4> (media_freespace is used internally.)

PARAMETERVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
namestring[40] NULL6/6 Identification of this entry
typesnapshot, systemlog, videoclip, recordmsgsnapshot6/6 Media type to send to the server or store on the server.
snapshot_source06/6Indicate the source of media stream. 0 means the first stream. 1 means the second stream and etc. 2 means the third stream and etc. 3 means the fourth stream and etc.
snapshot_prefixstring[16]6/6Indicate the prefix of the filename.
snapshot_datesuffix0, 106/6Add date and time suffix to filename: 1 = Add date and time suffix. 0 = Do not add.
snapshot_preevent0 ~ 716/6Indicates the number of pre-event images.
snapshot_postevent0 ~ 716/6The number of post-event images.
snapshot_channelvideoclip_source0 ~ 7006/66/6 IndicateIndicates the channel of media source. 0~7 for 8 channels. 0 = channel 1, 1 = channel 2, ... 7 = channel 8, etc.the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc.3 means the fourth stream and etc.
videoclip_prefixstring[16]6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename.
videoclip_preevent 0~90 6/6 Indicatesthe time for pre-eventrecording in seconds.
videoclip_maxduration 1~20 5 6/6Maximum duration of one video clip in seconds.
videoclip_maxsize 50~50001000 6/6 Maximum size of one video clip file in Kbytes.
videoclip_channel 0~76/6 Indicatesthe channel of mediasource. 0~7 for 8 channels.0 = channel 1,1 = channel 2,...7 = channel 8, etc.

7.29 Recording

Group: recording_i<0\~1>

PARAMETERVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
namestring[40]NULL6/6Identification of this entry.
enable0, 106/6Enable or disable this recording.
priority0, 1, 216/6Indicate the priority of this recording: “0” indicates low priority.“1” indicates normal priority.“2” indicates high priority.
channel0~406/6Indicate which channel is used for recording.
source006/6Indicate the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and so on.
limitsizecyclic 0,1 0 6/6 0: Disable0,1cyclic recording06/60: Entire free space mechanism1: Limit recording size mechanism1: Enable cyclic recording
notify 0,1 1 6/6 0: Disablerecording notification1: Enable recording notification
notifyserver 0~3106/6Indicate whichnotification server is scheduled.One bit represents one application server (server_i0~i4).bit0 (LSB) = server_i0.bit1 = server_i1.bit2 = server_i2.bit3 = server_i3.bit4 = server_i4.For example, enable server_i0, server_i2, and server_i4 as notification servers; the notifyserver value is 21.
weekday 0~127 127 6/6Indicate whichweekday is scheduled.One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66.
begintime hh:mm 00:006/6Start time of the weekweekly schedule.
endtimehh:mm24:006/6End time of the weekly schedule.(00:00~24:00 indicates schedule always on)
prefixstring[16]6/6Indicate the prefix of the filename.
cyclesize16~1006/6The maximum size for cycle recording in Kbytes when choosing to limit recording size.
reserveamount0~15000000 156/6The reserved amount in Mbytes when choosing cyclic recording mechanism.
destcf,0~4cf 6/6 The destination to store the recorded data.“cf” means local storage (CF or SD card).“0” means the index of the network storage.
cffolderstring[128]NULL6/6 Folder name.
triggerschedule,networkfailschedule 6/6 The event trigger type schedule: The event is triggered by schedulenetworkfail: The event is triggered by the failure of network connection.
adaptive_enable0,106/6 Indicate whether the adaptive recording is enabled
adaptive_preevent0~956/6 Indicate when is the adaptive recording started before the event trigger point (seconds)
adaptive_postevent0~1056/6 Indicate when is the adaptive recording stopped after the event trigger point (seconds)

7.30 HTTPS

Group: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6To enable or disable secure HTTP.
policy06/6If the value is 1, it will force HTTP connection redirect to HTTPS connection
methodauto, manual, installAuto6/6auto => Create self-signed certificate automatically. manual => Create self-signed certificate manually. install => Create certificaterequest and install.
status -3 ~ 1 0 6/7 Specify the https status.-3 = Certificate not installed-2 = Invalid public key-1 = Waiting for certificate0 = Not installed1 = Active
countrynamestring[2]TW6/6 Co information.
stateorprovincenamestring[128]Asia 6/6State or province name in the certificate information.
localitynamestring[128]Asia6/6The locality name in the certificate information.
organizationnamestring[64]Vivotek.Inc6/6Organization name in the certificate information.
unitstring[32]Vivotek.Inc6/6Organizational unit name in the certificate information.
commonnamestring[64]www.vivotek.com6/6Common name in the certificate information.
validdays0 ~ 365036506/6Valid period for the certification.

7.31 Storage management setting

Currently it's for local storage (SD, CF card)

Group: disk_i<0\~(n-1)> n is the total number of storage devices. (capability.storage.dbenabled > 0)

cyclic_enabled06/6Enable cyclic storage method.
autocleanup_enabled06/6Enable automatic clean up method.Expired and not locked media files will be deleted.
autocleanup_maxage76/6To specify the expired days for automatic clean up.

8. Useful Functions

8.1 Drive the Digital Output (capability.ndo > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=<state>[&do2=<state>][&do3=<state>][&do4=<state>] 

Where state is 0 or 1; “0” means inactive or normal state, while “1” means active or triggered state.

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
do<num> 0, 1 0- Inactive, normal state
1 - Active, triggered state

Example: Drive the digital output 1 to triggered state and redirect to an empty page.

http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=1 

8.2 Query Status of the Digital Input (capability.ndi > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/getdi.cgi?[di0][&di1][&di2][&di3] 

If no parameter is specified, all of the digital input statuses will be returned.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
[di0=<state>] \r\n
[di1=<state>] \r\n
[di2=<state>] \r\n
[di3=<state>] \r\n 

where can be 0 or 1.

Example: Query the status of digital input 1.

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/getdi.cgi?di1 

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: 7\r\n
\r\n
di1=1\r\n 

8.3 Query Status of the Digital Output (capability.ndo > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges
Method: GET/POST
Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/getdo.cgi?[do0][&do1][&do2][&do3] 

If no parameter is specified, all the digital output statuses will be returned.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
[do0=<state>] \r\n
[do1=<state>] \r\n
[do2=<state>] \r\n
[do3=<state>] \r\n 

where can be 0 or 1.

Example: Query the status of digital output 1.

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/getdo.cgi?do1 

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n 

Content-Type: text/plain\r\n

Content-Length: 7\r\n

\r\n

do1=1\r\n

8.4 Capture Single Snapshot

Note: This request requires Normal User privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg?[channel=<value>]&resolution=<value>]&quality=<value>]&streamid=<value>] 

If the user requests a size larger than all stream settings on the server, this request will fail.

PARAMETERVALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION
channel0~(n-1)0The channel number of the video source.
resolution0 The resolution of the image.
quality1~53The quality of the image.
streamid 0~(m-1) 0 The stream number.

The server will return the most up-to-date snapshot of the selected channel and stream in JPEG format. The size and quality of the image will be set according to the video settings on the server.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: image/jpeg\r\n

[Content-Length: \r\n]

8.5 Account Management

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/editaccount.cgi? method=<value>&username=<name>[&userpass=<value>][&privilege=<value>][&privilege=<value>][...][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
methodAddAdd an account to the server. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary. It will use the default value of other fields if not specified.
Delete Remove an account from the server. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary, and others are ignored.
edit Modify the account password and privilege. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary, and other fields are optional. If not specified, it will keep the original settings.
usernameThe name of the user to add, delete, or edit.
userpassThe password of the new user to add or that of the old user to modify. The default value is an empty string.
PrivilegeThe privilege of the user to add or to modify.
viewerViewer privilege.
operatorOperator privilege.
adminAdministrator privilege.
ReturnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.6 System Logs

Note: This request require Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/syslog.cgi 

Server will return the most up-to-date system log.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/plain\r\n

Content-Length: \r\n

\r\n

<system log information>\r\n 

8.7 Upgrade Firmware

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upgrade.cgi 

Post data:

fimage=[&return=]\r\n

\r\n

<multipart encoded form data> 

Server will accept the file named to upgrade the firmware and return with if indicated.

8.8 Camera Control (capability.ptzenabled)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi?[channel=<value>][&camid=<value>]
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&focus=<value>] - Focus operation
[&iris=<value>] - Iris operation
[&auto=<value>] - Auto pan, patrol
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom in, out
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image
(Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize.)
[ [&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>][&speedapp=<value>][&speeddlink=<value>] ] - Set speeds
[&return=<return page>] 

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&zoom=tele
http://myserver/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&x=300&y=200&resolution=704x480&videosize=704x480&strech=1 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)> Channel of video source.
camid 0,<positive integer> Camera ID.
movehomeMove to camera to home position.
up Move camera up.
down Move camera down.
left Move camera left.
rightMove camera right.
speedpan-5 ~ 5Set the pan speed.
speedtilt -5~5Set the tilt speed.
speedzoom -5~5Set the zoom speed.
speedfocus -5~5Set the focus speed.
speedapp -5~5Set the auto pan/patrolspeed.
autopanAuto pan.
patrolAuto patrol.
stopStop camera.
zoom wide Zoomlarger view with current speed.
tele Zoom further with current speed.
stopStop zoom.
zoomingwide or teleZoom without stopping for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control.
zs0~11Set the speed of zooming, “0” means stop.
vxThe slope of movement = vy/vx, used for joystick control.
vy
vs0~11Set the speed of movement, “0” means stop.
xx-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement.
yy-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement.
videosizeThe size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page
resolutionThe resolution of streaming.
stretch0 indicates that it uses resolution (streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it uses videosize (plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system.
focusautoAuto focus.
farFocus on further distance.
near Focus on closer distance.
irisautoLet the Network Camera control iris size.
openManually control the iris for bigger size.
closeManually control the iris for smaller size.
speedlink 0~4Issue speed link command.
gaptime0~32768The gaptime between two consecutive ptz commands for device. (unit: ms)
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.9 Recall (capability.ptzenabled)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/recall.cgi?  
recall=<value>[&channel=<value>][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
recall Text stringless than30 charactersOne of the present positions to recall.
channel <0~(n-1)>Channel of the video source.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.10 Preset Locations (capability.ptzenabled)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/preset.cgi?[channel=<value>][&addpos=<value>][&delpos=<value>][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
addposing less than30 characters>Add one preset location to the preset list.
channel <0~(n-1)>Channel of the video source.
delposing less than30 characters>Delete preset location from preset list.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.11 IP Filtering

Note: This request requires Administrator access privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi? method=<value>&[start=<ipaddress>&end=<ipaddress>][&index=<value>][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
methodaddallowAdd allowed IP address range to the server. Start and end parameters must be specified. If the index parameter is specified, it will try to add starting from the index position.
adddeny Add denied IP address range to the server. Start and end parameters must be specified. If the index parameter is specified, it will try to add starting from the index position.
deleteallow Remove allowed IP address range from server. If start and end parameters are specified, it will try to remove the matched IP address. If index is specified, it will try to remove the address from given index position. [start, end] parameters have higher priority then the [index] parameter.
deletedeny Remove denied IP address range from server. If start and end parameters are specified, it will try to remove the matched IP address. If index is specified, it will try to remove the address from given index position. [start, end] parameters have higher priority then the [index] parameter.
startThe starting IP address to add or to delete.
endThe ending IP address to add or to delete.
indexThe start position to add or to delete.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.11.1 IP Filtering for ONVIF

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?type[=<value>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=add<v4/v6>&ip=<ipaddress>[&index=<value>][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=del<v4/v6>&index=<value>[&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETERVALUEDESCRIPTION
typeNULLGet IP filter type
allow, denySet IP filter type
methodaddv4Add IPv4 address into access list.
addv6Add IPv6 address into access list.
delv4Delete IPv4 address from access list.
delv6Delete IPv6 address from access list.
ipSingle address:Network address:Range address:
indexThe start position to add or to delete.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.12 UART HTTP Tunnel Channel (capability.nuart > 0)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi?[channel=]

GET /cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi?[channel=]

x-sessioncookie: string[22]

accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled

pragma: no-cache

cache-control: no-cache

POST /cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi

x-sessioncookie: string[22]

content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled

pragma : no-cache

cache-control : no-cache

content-length: 32767

expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT

User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through a proxy server.

This channel will help to transfer the raw data of UART over the network.

Please see UART tunnel spec for detail information

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION

channel 0 \~ (n-1) The channel number of UART.

8.13 Event/Control HTTP Tunnel Channel (capability.

evctrlchannel > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi

GET /cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi

x-sessioncookie: string[22]

accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled

pragma: no-cache

cache-control: no-cache

POST /cgi-bin/admin/ ctrlevent.cgi

x-sessioncookie: string[22]

content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled

pragma : no-cache

cache-control : no-cache

content-length: 32767

expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT

User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through the proxy server.

This channel will help perform real-time event subscription and notification as well as camera control more efficiently. The event and control formats are described in another document.

See Event/control tunnel spec for detail information

8.14 Get SDP of Streams

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

“m” is the stream number.

“network_accessname_<0\~(m-1)>” is the accessname for stream “1” to stream “m”. Please refer to the “subgroup of network: rtsp” for setting the accessname of SDP.

You can get the SDP by HTTP GET.

When using scalable multicast, Get SDP file which contains the multicast information via HTTP.

8.15 Open the Network Stream

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

For HTTP push server (MJPEG):

http://<servername>/<network_http_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

For RTSP (MP4), the user needs to input the URL below into an RTSP compatible player.

|rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

“m” is the stream number.

For details on streaming protocol, please refer to the “control signaling” and “data format” documents.

8.16 Senddata (capability.nuart > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/senddata.cgi?
[com=<value>][&data=<value>][&flush=<value>] [&wait=<value>] [&read=<value>]
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
com 1 ~ <max. com port number>The target COM/RS485 port number.
data<hex data>[,<hex decimal data>]Ifadis a series of digits from 0 ~ 9, A ~ F. Each comma separates the commands by 200 milliseconds.
flushyes,noyes:Receive data buffer of the COM port will be cl before read.no: Do not clear the receive data buffer.
wait1 ~ 65535Wait time in milliseconds before read data.
read1 ~ 128The data length in bytes to read. The read data will be in the return page.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\nContent-Type: text/plain\r\nContent-Length: <system information length>\r\n\r\n<hex decimal data>\r\n

Where hexadecimal data is digits from 0 \~ 9, A \~ F.

8.17 Storage managements (capability.storage.dbenabled > 0)

Note: This request requires administrator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=<cmd_type>[&<parameter>=<value>...] 

The commands usage and their input arguments are as follows.

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
cmd_typeRequired.Command to be executed, including search, insert, delete, update, and queryStatus.

Command: search

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
labelOptional.The integer primary key column will automatically be assigned a unique integer.
triggerTypeOptional.Indicate the event trigger type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='motion'Support trigger types are product dependent.
mediaTypeOptional.Indicate the file media type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='videoclip'Support trigger types are product dependent.
destPathOptional.Indicate the file location in camera.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. destPath='/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/abc.mp4'
resolutionOptional.Indicate the media file resolution.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. resolution='800x600'
isLockedOptional.Indicate if the file is locked or not.0: file is not locked.1: file is locked.A locked file would not be removed from UI or cyclic storage.
triggerTimeOptional.Indicate the event trigger time. (not the file created time)Format is “YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS”Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. triggerTime=’2008-01-01 00:00:00’If you want to search for a time period, please apply “TO” operation.Ex. triggerTime=’2008-01-01 00:00:00’+TO+’2008-01-01 23:59:59’ is to search for records from the start of Jan 1 ^st 2008 to the end of Jan 1 ^st 2008.
limitinteger> Optional.Limit the maximum number of returned search records.
offsetinteger> Optional.Specifies how many rows to skip at the beginning of the matched records.Note that the offset keyword is used after limit keyword.

To increase the flexibility of search command, you may use “OR” connectors for logical “OR” search operations. Moreover, to search for a specific time period, you can use “TO” connector.

Ex. To search records triggered by motion or di or sequential and also triggered between 2008-01-01 00:00:00 and 2008-01-01 23:59:59.

http:///cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=search&triggerType='motion'+OR+'di'+OR+'seq' &triggerTime='2008-01-01 00:00:00'+TO+'2008-01-01 23:59:59'

Command: delete

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
label <integer primary key> Required.Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1

Ex. Delete records whose key numbers are 1, 4, and 8.

http:///cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=delete&label=1&label=4&label=8

Command: update

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
label <integer primary key> Required.Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1
isLockedRequired.Indicate if the file is locked or not.

Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 1 and 5 to be locked status.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=1&label=1&label=5 

Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 2 and 3 to be unlocked status.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=0&label=2&label=3 

Command: queryStatus

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
retType xml or javascript Optional.Ex. retype=javascriptThe default return message is in XML format.

Ex. Query local storage status and call for javascript format return message.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=queryStatus&retType=javascript 

8.18 Virtual input (capability.nvi > 0)

Note: Change virtual input (manual trigger) status.

Method: GET

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setvi.cgi?vi0=<value>[&vi1=<value>][&vi2=<value>][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETERVALUEDESCRIPTION
vistate[(duration)nstate]Where "state" is 0, 1. “0” means inactive or normal state while “1” means active or triggered state.Where "nstate" is next state after duration.Ex: vi0=1Setting virtual input 0 to trigger stateEx: vi0=0(200)1Setting virtual input 0 to normal state, waiting 200 milliseconds, setting it to trigger state.Note that when the virtual input is waiting for next state, it cannot accept new requests.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the request is completely assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.
Return Code Description
200 The request is successfully executed.
400 The request cannot be assigned, ex. incorrect parameters.Examples:1. setvi.cgi?vi0=0(10000)1(15000)0(20000)1No multiple duration.2. setvi.cgi?vi3=0VI index is out of range.3. setvi.cgi?vi=1No VI index is specified.
503 The resource is unavailable, ex. Virtual input is waiting for next state.Examples:1. setvi.cgi?vi0=0(15000)12. setvi.cgi?vi0=1Request 2 will not be accepted during the execution time(15 seconds).

8.19 Open Timeshift Stream (capability.timeshift > 0, timeshift\_enable=1, timeshift\_c\_s\_allow=1)

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

For HTTP push server (MJPEG):

http://<servername>/<network_http_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>] 

For RTSP (MP4 and H264), the user needs to input the URL below into an RTSP compatible player.

rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>] 

“n” is the channel index.

“m” is the timeshift stream index.

For details on timeshift stream, please refer to the "TimeshiftCaching" documents.

PARAMETERVALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION
maxsft0 Request cached stream at most how many seconds ago.
tsmodenormal,adaptivenormal Streaming mode:normal => Full FPS all the time.adaptive => Default send only I-frame for MP4 and H.264, and send 1 FPS for MJPEG. If DI , VI or motion window are triggered, the streaming is changed to send full FPS for 10 seconds.(*Note: this parameter also works on non-timeshift streams.)
reftime mm:ssThe timecamera receives the request.Reference time for maxsft and minsft.(This provides more precise time control to eliminate the inaccuracy due to network latency.)Ex: Request the streaming from 12:20rtsp://10.0.0.1/live.sdp?maxsft=10&reftime=12:30
forcechk N/AN/A Check if the requested stream enables timeshift,feature and if minsft is achievable.If false, return “415 Unsupported Media Type”.
minsft0 How many seconds of cached stream client can accept at least.(Used by forcechk)
Return Code Description
400 Bad Request Request is rejected because some parameter values are illegal.
415 Unsupported Media TypeReturned, if forcechk appears, when minsft is not achievable or the timeshift feature of the target stream is not enabled.

3. General CGI URL Syntax and Parameters

When the CGI request includes internal camera parameters, these parameters must be written exactly as they are named in the camera or video server. The CGIs are organized in functionally-related directories under the cgi-bin directory. The file extension .cgi is required.

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/<subdir>[/<subdir>...]/<cgi>.<ext>[?<parameter><value>[&<parameter><value>...]] 

Example: Set digital output #1 to active

http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=1

4. Security Level

SECURITY LEVELSUB-DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION
0 anonymousUnprotected.
1 [view] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl1. Can view, listen, talk to camera.2. Can control DI/DO, PTZ of the camera.
4 [operator] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operatorOperator access rights can modify most of the camera's parameters except some privileges and network options.
6 [admin] anonymous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator, adminAdministrator access rights can fully control the camera's operations.
7 N/A Internal parameters. Unable to be changed by any external interfaces.

5. Get Server Parameter Values

Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...] 

Where the should be [_<name)]. If you do not specify any parameters, all the parameters on the server will be returned. If you specify only , the parameters of the related group will be returned.

When querying parameter values, the current parameter values are returned.

A successful control request returns parameter pairs as follows:

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair> 
where <parameter pair> is
<parameter>=<value>\r\n
[<parameter pair>] 

is the actual length of content.

Example: Request IP address and its response

Request:

http://192.168.0.123/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?network_ipaddress 

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/html\r\n

Context-Length: 33\r\n

\r\n

network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n

6. Set Server Parameter Values

Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
value to assignedAssignto the parameter.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.(Note: The return page can be a general HTML file (.htm, .html). It cannot be a CGI command or have any extra parameters. This parameter must be placed at the end of the parameter list

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair>
where <parameter pair> is
<parameter>=<value>\r\n
[<parameter pair>] 

Only the parameters that you set and are readable will be returned.

Example: Set the IP address of server to 192.168.0.123:

Request:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/html\r\n

Context-Length: 33\r\n

\r\n

network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n

7. Available parameters on the server

This chapter defines all the parameters which can be configured or retrieved from VIVOTEK network camera or video server. The general format of description is listed in the table below

Valid values:

VALID VALUES DESCRIPTION
string[]Text strings shorter than ‘n’ characters. The characters “,',<,>,& are invalid.
string[n~m]Text strings longer than ‘n’ characters and shorter than ‘m’ characters. The characters “,',<,>,& are invalid.
password[] The same as string but displays ‘*’ instead.
integer Any number between (-2 ^31 - 1) and ( 2^31 - 1).
positive integer Any number between 0 and (2 ^32 - 1).
~Any number between ‘m’ and ‘n’.
domain name[] A string limited to a domain name shorter than ‘n’ characters (eg. www.ibm.com).
email address []A string limited to an email address shorter than ‘n’ characters (eg. joe@www.ibm.com).
ip address A string limited to an IP address (eg. 192.168.1.1).
mac address A string limited to contain a MAC address without hyphens or colons.
boolean A boolean value of 1 or 0 represents [Yes or No], [True or False], [Enable or Disable].
,,,,,,...Enumeration. Only given values are valid.
blankA blank string.
everything inside <>A description
integer primary keySQLite data type. A 32-bit signed integer. The value is assigned a unique integer by the server.
textSQLite data type. The value is a text string, stored using the database encoding (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE).
coordinatex, y coordinate (eg. 0,0)
window sizewindow width and height (eg. 800x600)

NOTE: The camera should not be restarted when parameters are changed.

7.1 system

Group: system

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
hostnamestring[40]Server”1/6 VIdstname of server(Network Camera, Wireless Network Camera,Video Server, Wireless Video Server).
ledoff0 6/6 Turn on (0) or turnoff (1) all led indicators.
date, keep, auto6/6 Current date of system. Set to ‘keep’ to keep date unchanged. Set to ‘auto’ to use NTP to synchronize date.
time, keep, auto6/6 Current time of the system. Set to ‘keep’ to keep time unchanged. Set to ‘auto’ to use NTP to synchronize time.
datetimetime>6/6 Another current time format of the system.
ntp,6/6 NTP server.*Do not use “skip to invoke default server” for default value.
timezoneindex-489 ~ 5290 6/6 Indicate timezoneand area.-480: GMT-12:00
Eniwetok, Kwajalcin-440: GMT-11:00 Midway Island, Samoa-400: GMT-10:00 Hawaii-360: GMT-09:00 Alaska-320: GMT-08:00 Las Vegas, San_Francisco, Vancouver-280: GMT-07:00 Mountain Time, Denver-281: GMT-07:00 Arizona-240: GMT-06:00 Central America, Central Time, Mexico City, Saskatchewan-200: GMT-05:00 Eastern Time, New York, Toronto-201: GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito, Indiana-180: GMT-04:30 Caracas-160: GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time, Canada, La Paz, Santiago-140: GMT-03:30 Newfoundland-120: GMT-03:00 Brasilia, Buenos
Aires,Georgetown,Greenland-80: GMT-02:00Mid-Atlantic-40: GMT-01:00Azores,Cape_Verde_IS.0: GMT Casablanca,Greenwich MeanTime: Dublin,Edinburgh, Lisbon,London40: GMT 01:00Amsterdam, Berlin,Rome, Stockholm,Vienna, Madrid,Paris41: GMT 01:00Warsaw, Budapest,Bern80: GMT 02:00Athens, Helsinki,Istanbul, Riga81: GMT 02:00Cairo82: GMT 02:00Lebanon, Minsk83: GMT 02:00Israel120: GMT 03:00Baghdad, Kuwait,Riyadh, Moscow,St. Petersburg,Nairobi121: GMT 03:00Iraq140: GMT 03:30Tehran160: GMT 04:00Abu Dhabi, Muscat,Baku,Tbilisi, Yerevan180: GMT 04:30Kabul200: GMT 05:00Ekaterinburg,Islamabad, Karachi,Tashkent220: GMT 05:30Calcutta, Chennai,Mumbai, New Delhi230: GMT 05:45Kathmandu240: GMT 06:00Almaty,Novosibirsk,Astana, Dhaka, SriJayawardenepura260: GMT 06:30Rangoon280: GMT 07:00Bangkok, Hanoi,Jakarta,Krasnoyarsk320: GMT 08:00Beijing, Chongging,Hong Kong, KualaLumpur, Singapore,Taipei360: GMT 09:00Osaka, Sapporo,Tokyo, Seoul,Yakutsk380: GMT 09:30Adelaide, Darwin400: GMT 10:00Brisbane, Canberra,
Melbourne, Sydney, Guam, Vladivostok 440: GMT 11:00 Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia 480: GMT 12:00 Auckland, Wellington, Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is. 520: GMT 13:00 Nuku’alofa
daylight_enable06/6 daylight saving time in time zone.
daylight_auto_begintime string[19] NONE 6/7 Display the currentdaylight saving start time.
daylight_auto_endtime string[19] NONE 6/7 Display the currentdaylight saving end time.
daylight_timezonesstring-360,-320,-280,-240,-241,-200,-201,-160,-140,-120,-80,-40,0,40,41,80,81,82,83,120,140,380,400,4806/6 List timezone index which support daylight saving time.
updateinterval0,3600,86400,604800,25920000 6/6 0 to Disableautomatic time adjustment, otherwise, it indicates the seconds between NTP automatic update intervals.
restore0,N/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values afterseconds.
reset0,N/A 7/6 Restart the serverafterseconds ifis non-negative.
restoreexceptnetN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except (ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2, pppoe). This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.
restoreexceptdstN/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except all daylight saving time settings. This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to default values except for a
union of combined results.
restoreexceptlang <Any Value> N/A 7/6 Restore the systemparameters to default values except the custom language file the user has uploaded. This command can cooperate with other “restoreexceptXYZ” commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.

7.1.1 system.info

Subgroup of system: info (The fields in this group are unchangeable.)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
modelname string[40] VS8801 0/7 Internal model name of the server (e.g. IP7139)
extendedmodelnamestring[40] VS8801 0/7 ODM specific model name of server (e.g. DCS-5610). If it is not an ODM model, this field will be equal to “modelname”
serialnumber0/7 12 characters MAC address (without hyphens).
firmwareversionstring[40]0/7Firmware version, including model, company, and version number in the format:
language_count90/7Number of webpage languagesavailable on the server.
language_i<0~(count-1)>string[16]English,Deutsch,Espanol,Français,Italiano,日本語,Português,简体中文,繁體中文0/7 Available language lists.
customlanguage_maxcount1 0/6 Maximum number of customlanguages supported on the server.
customlanguage_count <integer> 0 0/6 Number of custom languageswhich have been uploaded to the server.0 0/6 NNumber of custom languageswhich have been uploaded to the server.
customlanguage_i<0~(max count-1)>string N/A0/6 Custom language name.

7.2 status

Group: status

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
signal_c<0~(nvideoin-1)>Boolean> 0 1/70=>No signal.1=> Signal detected.
videomode_c<0~(nvideoin-1)>ntsc, palntsc1/7Video modulation type
di_i<0~(ndi-1)>01/70 => Inactive, normal1 => Active, triggered(capability.ndi > 0)
do_i<0~(ndo-1)>01/70 => Inactive, normal1 => Active, triggered(capability.ndo > 0)
onlinenum_rtspinteger06/7Current number of RTSP connections.
onlinenum_httppushinteger06/7Current number of HTTP push server connections.
cth_i01/7Get network information frommii-tool.
vi_i<0~(nvi-1)>0 1/7 Virtual input0 => Inactive1 => Active(capability.nvi > 0)

7.3 digital input behavior define

Group: di_i<0\~(ndi-1)>(capability.ndi>0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
normalstatehigh,lowhigh 1/1 Indicates open circuit or closed circuit (inactive status)

7.4 digital output behavior define

Group: do_i<0\~(ndo-1)>(capability.ndo>0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
normalstateopen, groundedopen1/1 Indicate open circuit or closed circuit (inactive status)

7.5 security

Group: security

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
privilege_doview, operator, adminoperator6/6 Indicate wwhich privileges and above can control digital output (capability.ndo > 0)
privilege_camctrlview, operator, adminview6/6 Indicate wwhich privileges and above can control PTZ (capability.ptzenabled > 0 or capability.eptz > 0)
user_i0_namestring[64]root6/7User name of root
user_i<1~20>_namestring[64]6/7User name
user_i0_passpassword[64]6/6Root password
user_i<1~20>_pass password[64]7/6 User password
user_i0_privilege viewer, operator, adminadmin 6/7 Root privilege
user_i<1~20>_privilege viewer, operator, admin6/6 User privilege

7.6 network

Group: network

NAME VALUEDEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
preprocessNULL 7/6 An 32-bit integer,each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => HTTP service;Bit 1=> HTTPS service;Bit 2=> FTP service;Bit 3 => Two way audio and RTSP Streaming service;To stop service before changing its port settings.It'srecommendedto set this parameter when change a service port to the port occupied by another service currently. Otherwise, the service may fail.Stopped service will auto-start after changing port settings.Ex:Change HTTP port from 80 to 5556, and change RTP port for video from 5556 to 20480.Then, set preprocess=9 to stop both service first.”/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_preprocess=9&network_http_port=5556 & network_rtp_videoport=20480”
typelan, pppoelan 6/6 Network connection type.
resetip16/6
0 => Use preset ipaddress, subnet, rounter, dns1, and dns2.
ipaddress192.168.0.996/6 IP addressof server.
subnet6/6Subnet mask.
router6/6Default gateway.
dns16/6Primary DNS server.
dns26/6Secondary DNS server.
wins16/6Primary WINS server.
wins26/6Secondary WINS server.

7.6.1 802.1x

Subgroup of network: ieee8021x (capability.protocol.ieee8021x > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/sct)DESCRIPTION
enable0 6/6 Enable/disable IEEE 802.1x
eapmethodeap-peap,eap-tlseap-peap 6/6 Selected EAP method
identity_pcap String[64]6/6 PEAP identity
identity_tlsString[64]6/6TLS identity
passwordString[254]6/6Password for TLS
privatekeypasswordString[254]6/6Password for PEAP
ca_exist0 6/6 CA installed flag
ca_time0 6/7 CA installed time. Represented in EPOCH
ca_size0 6/7 CA file size (in bytes)
certificate_exist06/6Certificate installed flag (for TLS)
certificate_time06/7Certificate installed time.Represented in EPOCH
certificate_size06/7Certificate file size (in bytes)
privatekey_exist0 6/6 Private key installed flag (for
TLS)
privatekey_time <integer> 0 6/7 Private key installed time.Represented in EPOCH
privatekey_size <integer> 0 6/7 Private key file size (in bytes)

7.6.2 QOS

Subgroup of network: qos_cos (capability.protocol.qos.cos > 0)

NAME VALUEDEFAULT SECURITY(get/sct)DESCRIPTION
enable0 6/6 Enable/disable CoS (IEEE 802.1p)
vlanid 1~4095 1 6/6 VLAN ID
video 0~70 6/6 Video channel for CoS
audio 0~70 6/6 Audio channel for CoS(capability.naudio >0)
eventalarm0~70 6/6 Event/alarm channel for CoS
management0~706/6Management channel for CoS
eventtunnel0~70 6/6 Event/Control channel for CoS

Subgroup of network: qos_dscp (capability.protocol.qos.dscp > 0)

NAME VALUEDEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6 Enable/disable DSCP
video 0~6306/6 Video channel for DSCP
audio 0~6306/6 Audio channel for DSCP(capability.naudio >0)
eventalarm0~6306/6 Event/alarm channel for DSCPDSCP
management0~6306/6Management channel for DSCP
eventtunnel0~6306/6 Event/Control channel for DSCPDSCP

7.6.3 IPV6

Subgroup of network: ipv6 (capability.protocol.ipv6 > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable IPv6.
addonipaddress6/6IPv6 IP address.
addonprefixlen0~12864 6/6 IPv6 prefix length.
addonrouteraddondnsDNS address.6/6IPv6 router address.
allowoptional0 6/6 Allow manually setup of IPIPaddress setting.

7.6.4 FTP

Subgroup of network: ftp

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port21, 1025~6553521 6/6 Localftp server port.

7.6.5 HTTP

Subgroup of network: http

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
port80, 1025 ~ 65535806/6 HTTP port.
alternateport1025~655358080 6/6 Alternate HTTP port.
authmodebasic,digestbasic 1/6 HTTP authentication mode.
anonymousviewing01/6Enable anonymous streaming viewing.

Subgroup of network: http_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and c is channel count[1\~n]

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
s0_accessnamestring[32]“video.mjpg” for c = 1. ”video2.mjpg” for c = 2. ”video3.mjpg” for c = 3, and so on.1/6 HTTP server push access name for channel c stream 1. (capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg =1 and capability.nmediastream > 0)
s1_accessnamestring[32]“video1-2.mjpg” for c = 1. ”video2-2.mjpg” for c = 2, and so on.1/6 HTTP server push access name for channel c stream 2. (capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg =1 and capability.nmediastream > 1)

For compatibility, network_http_s<0\~(t-1)>_accessname are reserved, t = n*m for n channel

products, and m is stream number per channel.

*Note: We can get n by (capability.nvideoin), and get m by (capability.nmediastream).

Besides, we map the first stream of each channel: network_http_c<0\~(n-1)>_s0_accessname to network_http_s<0\~(n-1)>_accessname and map the second stream of each channel: network_http_c<0\~(n-1)>_s1_accessname to network_http_s_accessname and so on.

Take VS8401 as an example, channel 1 stream 1: network_http_c0_s0_accessname is mapped to network_http_s0_accessname and channel 1 stream 2: network_http_c0_s1_accessname is mapped to network_http_s4_accessname.

7.6.6 HTTPS port

Subgroup of network: https_port (capability.protocol.https > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port 443, 1025 ~65535443 6/6 HTTPS port.

7.6.7 RTSP

Subgroup of network: rtsp (capability.protocol.rtsp > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port 554, 1025 ~65535554 1/6 RTSP port.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1)
anonymousviewing01/6Enable anonymous streaming viewing.
authmodedisable, basic,digestdisable1/6 RTSP authentication mode.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1)

Subgroup of network: rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and c is channel count[1\~n] (capability.protocol.rtsp > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECEURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
s0_accessnamestring[32]“live.sdp”for c = 1.“live2.sdp”for c = 2.1/6 RTSP access name for channel cstream 1.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1 andcapability.nmediastream > 0)
“live3.sdp”for c = 3,and so on.
s1_accessnamestring[32]“live1-2.sdp”for c = 1.“live2-2.sdp”for c = 2,and so on.1/6 RTSP access name for channel cstream 2.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1 andcapability.nmediastream > 1)

For compatibility, network_rtsp_s<0\~(t-1)>_accessname are reserved, t = n*m for n channel products, and m is stream number per channel.

*Note: We can get n by (capability.nvideoin), and get m by (capability.nmediastream).

Besides, we map the first stream of each channel: network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s0_accessname to network_rtsp_s<0\~(n-1)>_accessname and map the second stream of each channel: network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s1_accessname to network_rtsp_s_accessname and so on.

Take VS8401 as an example, channel 1 stream 1: network_rtsp_c0_s0_accessname is mapped to network_rtsp_s0_accessname and channel 1 stream 2: network_rtsp_c0_s1_accessname is mapped to network_rtsp_s4_accessname.

7.6.7.1 RTSP multicast

Subgroup of network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_multicast for n channel products, and m is stream number per channel, c is channel count[1\~n], s is stream count[1\~m]

(capability.protocol.rtp.multicast > 0)

NAME VALUEDEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
alwaysmulticast0 4/4 Enable always multicast.
ipaddressFor stream 1 of all channels:239.128.1.99 for channel 1 stream 1.239.128.1.100 for channe 2 stream 1, and so on.For stream 2 of all channels:239.128.1.(99+n) for4/4 MulticastIP address.
channel 1 stream 2.239.128.1.(100+n) for channel 2 stream 2, and so on.For stream 3 of all channels:239.128.1.(99+n*2) for channel 1 stream 3.239.128.1.(100+n*2) for channel 2 stream 3, and so on.
videoport 1025~65535 For streamof all channels:5560+(c-1)*4For stream 2 of all channels:5560+n*4*(s-1)+(c-1)*4And so on.4/4 Multicastvideo port.
audiport 1025~65535 For streamof all channels:5562+(c-1)*4For stream 2 of all channels:5562+n*4+(c-1)*4And so on.4/4 Multicastaudio port.(capability.naudio >0)
ttl 1~255 15 4/4Mutlicast time tolive value.

For compatibility, network_rtsp_s<0\~(t-1)>_multicast are reserved, t = n*m for n channel products, and m is stream number per channel.

*Note: We can get n by (capability.nvideoin), and get m by (capability.nmediastream).

Besides, we map the first stream of each channel: network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s0_multicast to network_rtsp_s<0\~(n-1)>_multicast and map the second stream of each channel: network_rtsp_c<0\~(n-1)>_s1_multicast to network_rtsp_s_multicast and so on.

Take VS8401 as an example, channel 1 stream 1 is mapped to network_rtsp_s0_multicast and channel 1 stream 2 is mapped to network_rtsp_s4_multicast.

7.6.8 SIP port

Subgroup of network: sip (capability.protocol.sip>0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
port 1025 ~ 65535 5060 1/6 SIP port.

7.6.9 RTP port

Subgroup of network: rtp

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
videoport1025 ~ 6553555566/6Video channel port for RTP.(capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1)
audiport1025 ~ 6553555586/6Audio channel port for RTP.(capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1)

7.6.10 PPPoE

Subgroup of network: pppoe (capability.protocol.pppoe > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
userstring[128]6/6PPPoE account user name.
passpassword[64]6/6PPPoE account password.

7.7 Ipfilter for ONVIF

Group: ipfilter

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable access list filtering.
admin_enable06/6Enable administrator IP address.
admin_ipString[44]6/6Administrator IP address.
maxconnection1~10106/6Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s).
type 0, 116/6 Ipfilter policy :0 => allow1 => deny
ipv4list_i<0~9> Single address:Networkaddress:Rangeaddress:6/6 IPv4 address list.
ipv6list_i<0~9> String[44]6/6 IPv6 address list.

7.8 Video input setting per channel

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products, and m is stream number

NAME VALUE DEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
whitebalance auto, manual auto4/4 “auto” indicates auto whitebalance.“manual” indicates keep current value.
color 0, 14/4 0 => monochrome1 => color
flip04/4Flip the image.
mirror04/4Mirror the image.
ptzstatus21/7A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function; 0 (not support), 1 (support)Bit 1 =>Built-in or external camera; 0 (external), 1 (built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation; 0 (not support), 1 (support)Bit 3 => Supporttiltoperation; 0(not support),1(support)Bit 4 => Supportzoomoperation; 0(not support),1(support)Bit 5 => Supportfocusoperation; 0(not support),1(support)
text string[16]1/4 Enclose caption.
imprinttimestamp0 4/4 Overlay time stamp andenclose caption on video.
s<0~(m-1>_codetypempeg4,mjpeg,h264h264 1/4 Video codec type.
s<0~(m-1>_resolution D1,4CIF,CIF,QCIF4CIF 1/4 Video resolution in pixels.
s<0~(m-1>_ratiocorrect0 1/4 Change resolution to fit 4:3ratio.For PAL:D1/4CIF(720/704x576) ->(768x576)CIF(352x288)->(384x288)For NTSC:D1/4CIF(720/704x480) ->(640x480)CIF(352x240)->(320x240)
s<0~(m-1>_mpeg4_intraperiod250, 500, 1000,2000, 3000,40001000 4/4 Intra frame periodinmilliseconds.
s<0~(m-1>_mpeg4_ratecontrolmodecbr, vbrvbr4/4 cbr, constant bitratevbr, fix quality
s<0~(m-1>_mpeg4_quant0~599,1003 4/4 Quality of video whenchoosing vbr in“ratecontrolmode”.0, 99,100 is the customizedmanual input setting.1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_qvalue1~31 74/4Manual video quality levelinput.(s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_quant=0,99)*Note: This is reserved for campatibility, and we recommend changing to use “s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_qpercent”.
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_qpercent1~100 29 4/4 Set quality by percentage.1: Worst quality100: Best quality(s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_quant=100)
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_bitrate 1000~4000000 51200 4/4 Set bit rate in bps when choosing cbr in “ratecontrolmode”.
s<0~(m-1)>_mpeg4_maxframe1~30 20 1/4 Set maximum frame rate in fps (for MPEG-4).
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_intraperiod250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 40001000 4/4 Intra frame periodin milliseconds.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_ratecontrolmodecbr, vbr vbr 4/4cbr, constant bitratevbr, fix quality
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant0~5,99,10034/4Quality of video when choosing vbr in “ratecontrolmode”.0, 99 and 100 is the customized manual input setting.1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qvalue0~51264/4Manual video quality level input.(s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant=0,99)*Note: This is reserved for campatibility, and we recommend changing to use “s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qpercent”.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qpercent1~100454/4 Set quality by percentage.1: Worst quality100: Best quality (s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant = 100)
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_bitrate 1000~4000000 5120004/4 Set bit rate in bps whenchoosing cbr in “ratecontrolmode”.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxframe1~30201/4 Set maximum frame rate in fps (for h264).
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_profile 0~21 1/4 Indicate H264 profiles0: baseline1: main profile2: high profile
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant 0~5,99, 100 3 4/4 Quality of JPEG video.0, 99 and 100 is the customized manual input setting.1 = worst quality, 5 = best quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qvalue0~200504/4Manual video quality level input.(s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 0, 99)*Note: This is reserved for campatibility, we recommend changing to use “s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qpercent”.
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qpercent1~100494/4 Set quality by percentage.1: Worst quality100: Best quality (s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 100)
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_maxframe1~30 20 1/4 Setmaximum frame rate infps (for JPEG).

7.9 Image setting per channel

Group: image_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
brightness -5 ~ 5, 100100 4/4 Adjust brightness of imageaccording to mode settings.100 means using “brightnesspercent”.*Note: This is reserved for campatability, and we recommend changing to use “brightnesspercent”.
saturation -5 ~ 5, 100100 4/4 Adjust saturation of imageaccording to mode settings.100 means using “saturationpercent”.*Note: This is reserved for campatability, and we recommend changing to use “saturationpercent”.
contrast -5 ~ 5, 100100 4/4 Adjust contrast of image accordingto mode settings.100 means using “contrastpercent”.*Note: This is reserved for campatability, and we recommend changing to use “contrastpercent”.
sharpness-5 ~ 5, 100 100 4/4Adjust sharpness of imageaccording to mode settings.100 means using “sharpnesspercent”.*Note: This is reserved for
campatibility, and we recommend changing to use “sharpnesspercent”.
brightnesspercent 0~100 50 4/4 Adjustbrightness of image bypercentage. Darker 0<->100 Brighter
saturationpercent 0~100 50 4/4 Adjustsaturation of image bypercentage. Less 0<->100 More saturation
contrastpercent 0~10050 4/4 Adjustcontrast of image bypercentage. Less 0<->100 More contrast
sharpnesspercent0~100304/4Adjust sharpness of image by percentage. Softer 0<->100 Sharper
xoffset -4~4 2 4/4Change start point ofinput imagein horizontal.
yoffset -4~4 2 4/4Change start point ofinput imagein vertical.
deinterlace_enable1 4/4 Enablede-interlace
deinterlace_modeadaptive, blendadaptive 4/4Adaptive: Detect moving area and perform de-interlace on it. This mode leads to better image quality, but consumes more resource. Blend: Use blend method to perform de-interlace.
IBPE_edge enable04/4Enable edge enhancement.
IBPE_edge strength1~128144/4Adjust edge enhancement strength. 1 is minimum and 128 is maximum.
IBPE_nrenable0 4/4Enable noise reduction.
IBPE_nrmode1~314/4Adjust noise reduction mode. 1 => DeGaussian 2 => DeImpulse 3 => DeGaussian + DeImpulse
IBPE_nrstrength1~6314/4Adjust noise reduction strength. 1 is minimum and 63 is maximum.

*Note: Saving value between -5\~+5 to “brightness” will save its corresponding value to “brightnesspercent” automatically, and then the value of “brightness” will be set back to 100 to take effect..

Saving value to "saturation", "contrast", or "sharpness" has the same behavior.

7.10 Audio input per channel

Group: audioin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability.audioin>0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
mute 0, 1 1 1/4 Enable audio mute.
gain 0~15 8 4/4 Gain of input.
s0_g711_modepcmu, pcmapcmu 4/4 SetG.711 mode.

7.11 Time Shift settings

Group: timeshift, c for n channel products, m is stream number (capability.timeshift > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULTTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable04/4Enable time shift streaming.
c<0~(n-1>_s<0~(m-1>_allow04/4Enable time shift streaming for specific stream.

7.12 Motion detection settings

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable04/4Enable motion detection.
win_i<0~2>_enable04/4Enable motion window 1~3.
win_i<0~2>_namestring[40]4/4Name of motion window 1~3.
win_i<0~2>_left0 ~ 32004/4Left coordinate of window position.
win_i<0~2>_top0 ~ 24004/4Top coordinate of window position.
win_i<0~2>_width0 ~ 32004/4Width of motion detection window.
win_i<0~2>_height0 ~ 24004/4Height of motion detection window.
win_i<0~2>_objsize0 ~ 10004/4Percent of motion detectionwindow.
win_i<0~2>_sensitivity 0 ~ 100 0 4/4Sensitivity of motion detectionwindow.

7.13 Tempering detection settings

Group: tampering_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product (capability.tampering > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable0 4/4 Enable or disable tamper detection.
threshold0 ~ 255321/99Threshold of tamper detection.
duration10 ~ 600104/4If tampering value exceeds the ‘threshold’ for more than ‘duration’ second(s), then tamper detection is triggered.

7.14 DDNS

Group: ddns (capability.ddns > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable or disable the dynamic DNS.
providerSafe100, DyndnsDynamic, DyndnsCustom, TZO, DHS, DynInterfree, CustomSafe100DyndnsDynamic6/6Safe100 => safe100.netDyndnsDynamic => dyndns.org (dynamic)DyndnsCustom => dyndns.org (custom)TZO => tzo.comDHS => dhs.orgDynInterfree =>dyn-interfree.itCustomSafe100 =>Custom server using safe100 method
颁布string[128]6/6Your DDNS hostname.
usernameemailstring[64]6/6Your user name or email to login to the DDNS service provider
passwordkeystring[64]6/6Your password or key to login to the DDNS service provider.
servernamestring[128]6/6The server name for safe100.(This field only exists if the provideris customsafe100)

7.15 UPnP presentation

Group: upnppresentation

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable1 6/6 Enable or disable the UPnPpresentation service.

7.16 UPnP port forwarding

Group: upnpportforwarding

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6Enable or disable the UPnP port forwarding service.
upnpnatstatus0~306/7The status of UPnP port forwarding, used internally.0 = OK, 1 = FAIL, 2 = no IGD router, 3 = no need for port forwarding

Group:expresslink

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
stateonlycheck, onlyoffline, checkonline, badnetwork6/6 “onlycheck” : You have to input the host name of your camera and press "Register" button to register it. “onlyoffline” : Express link is active, you can now connect to this camera at expresslink_url. “checkonline” : Express link is not active. “badnetwork” : Express Link is not supported under this network environment.
url string[64] <blank>6/6 The URL to connect to this cameracameraby express link.

7.18 System log

Group: syslog

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enableremotelog0 6/6 Enable remote log.
serverip6/6Log server IP address.
serverport514, 1025~655355146/6Server port used for log.
level0~76 6/6 Levels used to distinguish the importance of the information:0: LOG_EMERG1: LOG_ALERT2: LOG_CRIT3: LOG_ERR4: LOG_WARNING5: LOG_NOTICE6: LOG_INFO7: LOG_DEBUG

7.19 camera PTZ control

Group: camctrl (capability.camctrl.httptunnel > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
enablehttptunnel04/4Enable HTTP tunnel for camera control.

Group: camctrl_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product (capability.ptzenabled)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
panspeed-5 ~ 501/4Pan speed
tiltspeed-5 ~ 501/4Tilt speed
zoomspeed-5 ~ 501/4Zoom speed
focusspeed-5 ~ 501/4Auto focus speed
preset_i<0~(npreset-1)>_namestring[40]1/4Name of the preset location.
uart 0~(m-1), mis UART count0 1/4 Select corresponding uart(capability.nuart>0).
cameraid 0~255 1 1/4Camera ID controlling externalPTZ camera.
hometype01/4 The attribute defines whether theHOME command emulation is enabled.0: Use the preset position 0 as the home position1: Use HOME command (if the camera supports it.)
isptz 0~2 0 1/4 0: disable PTZ commands.1: enable PTZ commands with PTZ driver.2: enable PTZ commands with UART tunnel.
disablemdonptz0 1/4 Disable motion detection on PTZoperation.
patrolseq string[120]1/4 (For external device)The indexes of patrol points, separated by “,”
patroldwellingstring[160]1/4 (For external device)The dwelling time of each patrol point, separated by “,”

7.20 UART control

Group: uart (capability.nuart > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
ptzdrivers_i<0~19, 127>_namestring[40]1/4 Name of the PTZ driver.
ptzdrivers_i<0~19, 127>_locationstring[128]1/4 Full path of the PTZ driver.
enablehttptunnel04/4Enable HTTP tunnel channel to control UART.

Group: uart_i<0\~(n-1)> n is uart port count (capability.nuart > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
baudrate110,300,600,1200,2400,3600,4800,7200,9600,19200,38400,57600,1152009600 4/4 Setbaud rate of COM port.
databit 5,6,7,8 8 4/4Data bits in a character frame.
paritybitnone,odd,evennone 4/4 For error checking.
stopbit1,214/4 12-1.5 , data bit is 52-2
uartmoders485,rs232rs4854/4 RS485 or RS232.
customdrvcmd_i<0~9>string[128]1/4 PTZ command for custom camera.
speedlink_i<0~15>_namestring[40]1/4 Additional PTZ command name.
speedlink_i<0~15>_cmdstring[40]1/4 Additional PTZ command list.
ptzdriver0~19,127 (custom),128 (no driver)128(no driver)4/4 The PTZ driver is used by this COM port.

7.21 SNMP

Group: snmp (capability.snmp > 0)

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
v20~106/6SNMP v2 enabled. 0 for disable, 1 for enable
v30~106/6SNMP v3 enabled. 0 for disable, 1 for enable
secnamerwstring[31]Private6/6Read/write security name
secnamerostring[31]Public6/6Read only security name
authpwrw string[8~1]28]6/6Read/write authentication password
authpwrostring[8~128]6/6Read only authentication password
authtyperw MD5,SHAA MD5 6/6 Read/write authentication type
authtypero MD5,SHAA MD5 6/6 Read only authentication type
encryptpwrw string[8~128]6/6 Read/write password
encryptpwro string[8~128]6/6 Read only password
encrypttyperw DES6/6 Read/write encryption type
encrypttyperoDES6/6 Read only encryption type
rwcommunitystring[31]Private6/6Read/write community
rocommunitystring[31]Public6/6Ready only community

7.22 Layout configuration

Group: layout

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
logo_default11/60 => Custom logo1 => Default logo
logo_linkstring[40]http://www.vivotek.com1/6Hyperlink of the logo
logo_powerbyvvtk_hidden01/60 => display the power byvivotek logo1 => hide the power by vivotek logo
theme_option1~411/61~3: One of the default themes.4: Custom definition.
theme_color_fontstring[7] #ffffff 1/6Font color
theme_color_configfontstring[7]#ffffff1/6Font color of configuration area.
theme_color_titlefontstring[7]#098bd61/6Font color of video title.
theme_color_controlbackgroundstring[7]#565656 1/6Background color of control area.
theme_color_configbackgroundstring[7]#3232321/6Background color ofconfiguration area.
theme_color_videobackgroundstring[7]#565656 1/6 Backgroundcolor of video area.
theme_color_case_string[7] #323232 1/6 Frame color
custombutton_manualtrigger_show11/6 Show orhide manual trigger(VI) button in homepage0 -> Hidden1 -> Visible

7.23 Privacy mask

Group: privacymask_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable04/4Enable privacy mask.
win_i<0~4>_enable04/4Enable privacy mask window.
win_i<0~4>_namestring[14]4/4Name of the privacy mask window.
win_i<0~4>_left0 ~ 320/35204/4Left coordinate of window position.
win_i<0~4>_top0 ~ 240/28804/4Top coordinate of window position.
win_i<0~4>_width0 ~ 320/35204/4Width of privacy mask window.
win_i<0~4>_height0 ~ 240/28804/4Height of privacy mask window.

7.24 Capability

Group: capability

NAMEVALUEDEFAULTSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
api_httpversion0200a0200a0/7The HTTP API version.
bootuptime600/7 Server bootup time.
nir0,00/7 Number of IR interfaces. (Recommend to use ir for
integer> built-in IR and extir forexternal IR)
npir0,0 0/7 Number of PIRs.
ndi0,8 0/7 Number of digital inputs.
nvi0,4 0/7 Number of virtual inputs(manual trigger)
integer>
ndo0,8 0/7 Number of digital outputs.
integer>
naudioin0,8 0/7 Number of audio inputs.
integer>
naudioout0,8 0/7 Number of audio outputs.
integer>
nvideoin8 0/7 Number of video inputs.
integer>
nvideoinprofile0 0/7 Number of video inputprofiles.
integer>
nmediastream1 0/7 Number of media stream per channels.
integer>
nvideosetting1 0/7 Number of video settings per channel.
integer>
naudiosetting1 0/7 Number of audio settings per channel.
integer>
nuart0,1 0/7 Number of UARTinterfaces.
integer>
nmotionprofile 0,integer>0 0/7 Number of motion profiles.
ptzenabled 0,integer>189 0/7 An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows: Bit 0 => Support camera
control function;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 => Built-in or external camera;0(external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation, 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Support tilt operation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 5 => Support focus operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 6 => Support iris operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 7 => External or built-in PT; 0(built-in), 1(external)Bit 8 => Invalidate bit 1 ~ 7;0(bit 1 ~ 7 are valid), 1(bit 1 ~ 7 are invalid)Bit 9 => Reserved bit;Invalidate lens_pan, lens_tilt, lens_zoon, lens_focus, len_iris.0(fields are valid), 1(fields are invalid)
windowless10/7Indicate whether to support windowless plug-in.
eptz 0,integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => stream 1 supports ePTZ or not.
Bit 1 => stream 2 supports cPTZ or not.The rest may be deduced by analogy
lens_pan 0,integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support pan.Bit 1 => Support pan in UI.Bit 2 => External or built-in pan function; 0(built-in), 1(external).0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support pan.Bit 1 => Support pan in UI.Bit 2 => External or built-in pan function; 0(built-in), 1(external).
lens_tilt 0,integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support tilt.Bit 1 => Support tilt in UI.Bit 2 => External or built-in tilt function; 0(built-in), 1(external).0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit
lens_zoom 0,integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support zoomBit 1 => Support zoom in UIBit 2 => External or built-in zoom function; 0(built-in), 1(external).0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit
lens_focus 0,integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bitcan be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support focus.Bit 1 => Support focus in UI.Bit 2 => External or built-in focus function; 0(built-in), 1(external).Bit 3 => Support auto focus0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit
in UI.
lens_iris 0,integer>0 0/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support iris.Bit 1 => Support iris in UI.Bit 2 => External or build-in iris function;0(build-in), 1(external).Bit 3 => Support auto iris in UI.
npreset 0,integer>20 0/7 Number of preset locations.
protocol_https <boolean> 1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportHTTP over SSL.Indicate whether to supportHTTP over SSL.
protocol_rtsp <boolean> 1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportRTSP.Indicate whether to supportRTSP.
protocol_sip <boolean> 1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportSIP.Indicate whether to supportSIP.
protocol_maxconnection10 0/7 The maximum allowed integersimultaneous connections.
protocol_maxgenconnection10 0/7 The maximum general integerstreaming connections .
protocol_maxmegaconnection0 0/7 The maximum megapixel integerstreaming connections.
protocol_rtp_multicast_ scalable1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportscalable multicast.
protocol_rtp_multicast_ backchannel0 0/7 Indicate whether to supportbackchannel multicast.
protocol_rtp_tcp <boolean> 1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportRTP over TCP.0/7 Indicate whether to supportRTP over TCP.
protocol_rtp_http1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportRTP over HTTP.
protocol_spush_mjpeg1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportserver push MJPEG.
protocol_snmp1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportSNMP.
protocol_ipv61 0/7 Indicate whether to supportIPv6.
protocol_pppoe0/7 Indicatewhether to supportPPPoE.
protocol_ieee8021x0/7 Indicatewhether to supportIEEE802.1x.
protocol_qos_cos0/7 Indicatewhether to supportCoS.
protocol_qos_dscp0/7 Indicatewhether to supportQoS/DSCP.
protocol_ddns0/7 Indicatewhether to supportDDNS.
videoin_type 0, 1, 2 0 0/7 0 =>Interlaced CCD1 => Progressive CCD2 => CMOS
videoin_resolutionavailableresolutionseparated by commas>QCIF,CIF,4CIF,D10/7 Availableresolutions list.
videoin_maxframerate30,30,30,300/7 Availablemaximum frame list.
videoin_codecmpeg4,mjpeg, h264mpeg4,mjpeg,h2640/7 Availablecodec list.
timeshift1 0/7 Indicate whether to support time shift caching stream.
audio_aec0 0/7 Indicate whether to support acoustic echo cancellation.
audio_extmic10/7Indicate whether to support external microphone input.
audio_linein00/7Indicate whether to support external line input.(It will be replaced by audio_mic and audio_extmic.)
audio_lineout0 0/7 Indicate whether to support
line output.
audio_headphonecout0 0/7 Indicatewhether to supportheadphone output.
audioin_codecaac4, gamr,g711g711 0/7 Available codec listforaudio input.
uart_httptunnel1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportHTTP tunnel for UARTtransfer.
camctrl_httptunnel10/7 The attribute indicateswhether sending cameracontrol commands throughHTTP tunnel is supported.0: Not supported1: Supported
camctrl_privilege10/7 Indicate whether to support“Manage Privilege” of PTZcontrol in the Security page.1: support both/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgiand/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi0: support only/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi
transmission_modeTx,Rx,BothTx 0/7 Indicate transmission modeof the machine: TX =server, Rx = receiver box,Both = DVR.
network_wire1 0/7 Indicate whether to supportEthernet.
network_wireless00/7 Indicate whether to supportwireless.
derivative_brand10/7 Indicate whether to supportthe upgrade function for thederivative brand. Forexample, if the value istruc, the VVTK product canbe upgraded to VVXX.(TCVV<->TCXX isexcepted)
evctrlchannel1 0/7Indicate whether to supportHTTP tunnel for event/control transfer.
joystick0 0/7 Indicate whether to supportjoystick control.
storage_dbenabled0 0/7 Media files are indexed indatabase.
nanystream 0,integer>0 0/7 number of any mediastream per channel
iva0 0/7 Indicate whether to supportIntelligent Video analysis
version_onvifdaemon0/7 Indicate ONVIF daemon version
version_onvifeventblank> 0/7 Indicate ONVIF eventversion
media_totalspace60000 0/7 Available memory space (KB) for media.
media_snapshot_sizepersecond512size (KB) of one snapshot image.
media_snapshot_maxpreevent7 0/7 Maximum snapshot number before event occurred.
media_snapshot_maxpostevent7 0/7 Maximum snapshot number after event occurred.
media_videoclip_maxsize5000size (KB) of a videoclip.
media_videoclip_maxlength20length (second) of a videoclip.
media_videoclip_maxpreevent9 0/7 Maximum duration(second) after event occurred in a videoclip.

7.25 Customized event script

Group: event_customtaskfile_i<0\~2>

PARAMETERVALUEDefaultSECURITY (get/set)DESCRIPTION
namestring[41]NULL6/7Custom script identification of this entry.
datestring[17]NULL6/7Date of custom script.
time string[17] NULL 6/7 Time of custom script.

7.26 Event setting

Group: event_i<0\~2>

PARAMETER VALUEDefault SECURITY(gct/sct)DESCRIPTION
name string[40] NULL6/6 Identification of this entry.
enable 0,1 06/6 Enable or disable this event.
priority0,1,216/6Indicate the priority of this event:“0”=low priority“1”=normal priority“2”=high priority
delay 1~999 206/6Delay in seconds before detecting the next event.
triggerboot,di,motion,seq,tampering,visignal,virestore,viboot6/6 Indicate the trigger condition:“boot”=System boot“di”=Digital input“motion”=Video motion detection“seq”=Periodic condition“tampering”=Tamper detection.“visignal”=Video input signal loss.“virestore”=Video input signal restore“vi”=Virtual input (Manual trigger)
triggerstatustrigger6/6The status for event trigger
di06/6Indicate the source id of di trigger.This field is required when trigger condition is “di”.One bit represents one digital input.The LSB indicates DI 0.
vi06/6Indicate the source id of vi trigger.This field is required when trigger condition is “vi”.One bit represents one digital input.The LSB indicates VI 0.
tampering 0~255 0 6/6Indicate the source of the tamperingdetection. Each bit represents one channel, and the LSB indicates channel 1.
visignal 0~255 0 6/6Indicate the source of video inputsignal loss. Each bit represents one channel, and the LSB indicates channel 1.
virestore 0~255 0 6/6Indicate the source of video inputsignal restore. Each bit represents one channel, and the LSB indicates channel 1.
mdwin <integer> 0 6/6Indicate the source window id ofmotion detection.This field is required when trigger condition is “md”.One bit represents one window.The LSB indicates the 1^st window.For example, to detect the 1^st and 3^rd windows, set mdwin as 5.
inter 1~999 1 6/6 Interval of snapshots in minutes.This field is used when trigger condition is “scq”.
weekday 0~127 127 6/6Indicate which weekday is scheduled.One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66.
begintime hh:mm00:006/6 Begin time of the weekly schedule.
endtimehh:mm24:006/6End time of the weekly schedule.(00:00 ~ 24:00 sets schedule as always on)
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1)>_enable0, 1 0 6/6 Enable or disable trigger digitaloutput.
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1)>_duration1~999 1 6/6 Duration of the digital output trigger in seconds.
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1)>_delay0~999 0 6/6 The delay time needed beforetriggering the digital output (in seconds)
action_goto_c<0~(nvideo in-1)>_enable0 6/6 Indicate whether recalling the preset position is enabled.0: Disabled1: Enabled
action_goto_c<0~(nvideo in-1)>_namestring[40] <blank> 6/6 The preset position name used for recalling.
action_server_i<0~4>_enable0, 1 0 6/6 Enable or disable this server action.
action_server_i<0~4>_media0~7, 101 NULL 6/6 Index of the attached media.
action_server_i<0~4>_datefolder0 6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically.0: Disabled1: Enabled
action_server_i<0~4>_foldernamestring[40]%Y%M%D%H 6/6 The template of the folder name to be created. Slashes can be used in the template, and following placeholders can also be used:%Y: Year (e.g. 2010)%M: Month%D: Date%H: Hour

7.27 Server setting for event action

Group: server_i<0\~4>

PARAMETER VALUEDEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
name string[40] NULL 6/6 Identification of this entry
typeemail,ftp,http,nsemail 6/6 Indicate the server type:“email” = email server“ftp” = FTP server“http” = HTTP server“ns” = network storage
http_url string[128] http:// 6/6 URL of the HTTP server to upload.
http_usernamestring[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
http_passwdstring[64]NULL 6/6 Password of the user.
ftp_addressstring[128] NULL 6/6 FTP server address.
ftp_usernamestring[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
ftp_passwdstring[64]NULL 6/6 Password of the user.
ftp_port0~65535216/6Port to connect to the server.
ftp_locationstring[128] NULL 6/6 Location to upload or store the media.
ftp_passive0, 116/6Enable or disable passive mode.0 = disable passive mode1 = enable passive mode
email_addressstring[128] NULL 6/6 Email server address.
email_sslmode0, 106/6Enable support SSL.
email_port0~65535256/6Port to connect to the server.
email_usernamestring[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
email_passwdstring[64]NULL 6/6 Password of the user.
email_senderemailstring[128]NULL6/6Email address of the sender.
email_recipientemailstring[128]NULL6/6Email address of the recipient.
ns_locationstring[128] NULL 6/6 Location to upload or store the media.
ns_usernamestring[64] NULL 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
ns_passwdstring[64]NULL6/6Password of the user.
ns_workgroupstring[64] NULL 6/6 Workgroup for network storage.

7.28 Media setting for event action

Group: media_i<0\~4> (media_freespace is used internally.)

PARAMETER VALUEDEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
name string[40] NULL 6/6 Identification of this entry
typesnapshot, systemlog, videoclip, recordmsgsnapshot 6/6 Media type to send to the server or store on the server.
snapshot_source <integer>0 6/6 Indicate the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc.3 means the fourth stream and etc.
snapshot_prefixstring[16]6/6Indicate the prefix of the filename.
snapshot_datesuffix0, 106/6Add date and time suffix to filename:1 = Add date and time suffix.0 = Do not add.
snapshot_preevent 0 ~ 71 6/6Indicates the number of pre-event images.
snapshot_postevent0 ~ 716/6The number of post-event images.
snapshot_channel0 ~ 706/6Indicates the channel of media source. 0~7 for 8 channels.0 = channel 1,1 = channel 2,...7 = channel 8, etc.
videoclip_source06/6Indicate the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc.3 means the fourth stream and etc.
videoclip_prefix string[16]6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename.
videoclip_preevent0 ~ 906/6Indicates the time for pre-event recording in seconds.
videoclip_maxduration 1 ~ 20 5 6/6 Maximum duration of one video clip in seconds.
videoclip_maxsize 50 ~ 5000 1000 6/6 Maximum size of one video clip file in Kbytes.
videoclip_channel 0 ~ 7 0 6/6 Indicates the channel of mediasource. 0~7 for 8 channels.0 = channel 1,1 = channel 2,...7 = channel 8, etc.

7.29 HTTPS

Group: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)

NAME VALUE DEFAULT SECURITY(get/set)DESCRIPTION
enable06/6To enable or disable secure HTTP.
policy06/6If the value is 1, it will force HTTP connection redirect to HTTPS connection
methodauto, manual, installAuto 6/6auto =>Create self-signed certificate automatically. manual => Create self-signed certificate manually. install => Create certificate request and install.
status-3 ~ 106/7Specify the https status.-3 = Certificate not installed-2 = Invalid public key-1 = Waiting for certificate0 = Not installed1 = Active
countrynamestring[2]TW6/6Country name in the certificate information.
stateorprovincenamestring[128]Asia6/6State or province name in the certificate information.
localitynamestring[128]Asia6/6The locality name in the certificate information.
organizationname string[64] Vivotek.Inc 6/6 Organization name in the certificate information.
unit string[32] Vivotek.Inc 6/6 Organizational unit name in the certificate information.
commonnamestring[64]www.vivotek.com6/6 Common name in the certificate information.
validdays 0 ~ 3650 3650 6/6 Valid period for thecertification.

8. Useful Functions

8.1 Drive the Digital Output (capability.ndo > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=<state>[&do2=<state>][&do3=<state>][&do4=<state>] 

Where state is 0 or 1; “0” means inactive or normal state, while “1” means active or triggered state.

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
do<num> 0, 1 0- Inactive, normal state
1 - Active, triggered state

Example: Drive the digital output 1 to triggered state and redirect to an empty page.

http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=1 

8.2 Query Status of the Digital Input (capability.ndi > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/getdi.cgi?[di0][&di1][&di2][&di3] 

If no parameter is specified, all of the digital input statuses will be returned.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
[di0=<state>] \r\n
[di1=<state>] \r\n
[di2=<state>] \r\n
[di3=<state>] \r\n 
where <state> can be 0 or 1. 

Example: Query the status of digital input 1.

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/getdi.cgi?di1 
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: 7\r\n
\r\n
di1=1\r\n 

8.3 Query Status of the Digital Output (capability.ndo > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/getdo.cgi?[do0][&do1][&do2][&do3] 

If no parameter is specified, all the digital output statuses will be returned.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
[do0=<state>] \r\n
[do1=<state>] \r\n
[do2=<state>] \r\n
[do3=<state>] \r\n 
where <state> can be 0 or 1. 

Example: Query the status of digital output 1.

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/getdo.cgi?do1 
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n 

Content-Type: text/plain\r\n

Content-Length: 7\r\n

$$ \backslash r \backslash n $$

$$ \mathrm{do} 1 = 1 \backslash r \backslash n $$

8.4 Capture Single Snapshot

Note: This request requires Normal User privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg?[channel=<value>]&resolution=<value>]&quality=<value>]&streamid=<value> 

If the user requests a size larger than all stream settings on the server, this request will fail.

PARAMETERVALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION
channel 0~(n-1)0 The channel number of the video source.
resolution0 The resolution of the image.
quality 1~5 3The quality of the image.
streamid 0~(m-1)0 The stream number.

The server will return the most up-to-date snapshot of the selected channel and stream in JPEG format. The size and quality of the image will be set according to the video settings on the server.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: image/jpeg\r\n

[Content-Length: \r\n]

8.5 Account Management

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/editaccount.cgi? method=<value>&username=<name>[&userpass=<value>][&privilege=<value>][&privilege=<value>][...][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
method Add Addan account to the server. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary. It will use the default value of other fields if not specified.
Delete Remove an account from the server. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary, and others are ignored.
edit Modify the account password and privilege. When using this method, the “username” field is necessary, and other fields are optional. If not specified, it will keep the original settings.
usernameThe name of the user to add, delete, or edit.
userpassThe password of the new user to add or that of the old user to modify. The default value is an empty string.
PrivilegeThe privilege of the user to add or to modify.
viewerViewer privilege.
operatorOperator privilege.
adminAdministrator privilege.
ReturnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.6 System Logs

Note: This request require Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/syslog.cgi 

Server will return the most up-to-date system log.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/plain\r\n

Content-Length: \r\n

\r\n

<system log information>\r\n 

8.7 Upgrade Firmware

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upgrade.cgi 

Post data:

fimage=[&return=]\r\n

\r\n

<multipart encoded form data> 

Server will accept the file named to upgrade the firmware and return with if indicated.

8.8 Camera Control (capability.ptzenabled)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi?[channel=<value>][&camid=<value>]
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&focus=<value>] - Focus operation
[&iris=<value>] - Iris operation
[&auto=<value>] - Auto pan, patrol
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom in, out
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image
(Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize.)
[ [&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>][&speedapp=<value>][&speeddlink=<value>] ] - Set speeds
[&return=<return page>] 

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&zoom=tele
http://myserver/cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&x=300&y=200&resolution=704x480&videosize=704x480&streach=1 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)> Channel of video source.
camid 0,<positive integer> Camera ID.
move home Move to camera to home position.
speedpan-5 ~ 5Set the pan speed.
speedtilt -5~5Set the tilt speed.
speedzoom -5~5Set the zoom speed.
speedfocus -5~5Set the focus speed.
speedapp -5~5Set the auto pan/patrolspeed.
auto pan Auto pan.
patrol Auto patrol.
stop Stop camera.
zoom wide Zoomlarger view with current speed.
tele Zoom further with current speed.
stop Stop zoom.
zooming wide ortele Zoom without stoppping for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control.
zs0~11Set the speed of zooming, “0” means stop.
vxThe slope of movement = vy/vx, used for joystick control.
vy
vs0~11Set the speed of movement, “0” means stop.
xx-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement.
yy-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement.
videosizeThe size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page
resolutionThe resolution of streaming.
stretch0 indicates that it uses resolution (streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it uses videosize (plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system.
focusautoAuto focus.
farFocus on further distance.
nearFocus on closer distance.
irisautoLet the Network Camera control iris size.
open Manually controlthe iris for bigger size.
closeManually control the iris for smaller size.
speedlink 0~4Issue speed link command.
gaptime 0~32768The gaptime betweentwo consecutive ptz commands for device. (unit: ms)
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.9 Recall (capability.ptzenabled)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/recall.cgi?  
recall=<value>[&channel=<value>][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
recall Text stringless than30 charactersOne of the present positions to recall.
channel <0~(n-1)>Channelof the video source.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.10 Preset Locations (capability.ptzenabled)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/preset.cgi?[channel=<value>][&addpos=<value>][&delpos=<value>][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
addposing less than30 characters>Add one preset location to the preset list.
channel <0~(n-1)>Channel of the video source.
delposing less than30 characters>Delete preset location from preset list.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.11 IP Filtering

Note: This request requires Administrator access privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi? method=<value>&[start=<ipaddress>&end=<ipaddress>][&index=<value>][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
method addallowAdd allowed IP address range to the server. Start and end parameters must be specified. If the index parameter is specified, it will try to add starting from the index position.
adddeny Add denied IP address range to the server. Start and end parameters must be specified. If the index parameter is specified, it will try to add starting from the index position.
deleteallow Remove allowed IP address range from server. If start and end parameters are specified, it will try to remove the matched IP address. If index is specified, it will try to remove the address from given index position. [start, end] parameters have higher priority then the [index] parameter.
deletedeny Remove denied IP address range from server. If start and end parameters are specified, it will try to remove the matched IP address. If index is specified, it will try to remove the address from given index position. [start, end] parameters have higher priority then the [index] parameter.
startThe starting IP address to add or to delete.
endThe ending IP address to add or to delete.
indexThe start position to add or to delete.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.11.1 IP Filtering for ONVIF

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?type[=<value>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=add<v4/v6>&ip=<ipaddress>[&index=<value>][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=del<v4/v6>&index=<value>[&return=<return page>]
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
type NULL Get IP filter type
allow, deny Set IP filter type
method addv4 Add IPv4 address into access list.
addv6 Add IPv6 address into access list.
delv4 Delete IPv4 address from access list.
delv6 Delete IPv6 address from access list. 
ipSingle address:Network address:Range address:
indexThe start position to addor to delete.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.12 UART HTTP Tunnel Channel (capability.nuart > 0)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi?[channel=<value>] 
GET /cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi?[channel=<value>] 
x-sessioncookie: string[22] 
accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled 
pragma: no-cache 
cache-control: no-cache 
POST /cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi 
x-sessioncookie: string[22] 
content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled 
pragma : no-cache 
cache-control : no-cache 
content-length: 32767 
expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT 

User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through a proxy server.

This channel will help to transfer the raw data of UART over the network.

Please see UART tunnel spec for detail information

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
channel 0 ~ (n-1)The channel number of UART.

8.13 Event/Control HTTP Tunnel Channel (capability.

evctrlchannel > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi
GET /cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma: no-cache
cache-control: no-cache
POST /cgi-bin/admin/ ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma : no-cache
cache-control : no-cache
content-length: 32767
expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT 

User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through the proxy server.

This channel will help perform real-time event subscription and notification as well as camera control more efficiently. The event and control formats are described in another document.

See Event/control tunnel spec for detail information

8.14 Get SDP of Streams

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

“m” is the stream number.

“network_accessname_<0\~(m-1)>” is the accessname for stream “1” to stream “m”. Please refer to the “subgroup of network: rtsp” for setting the accessname of SDP.

You can get the SDP by HTTP GET.

When using scalable multicast, Get SDP file which contains the multicast information via HTTP.

8.15 Open the Network Stream

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

For HTTP push server (MJPEG):

http://<servername>/<network_http_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

For RTSP (MP4), the user needs to input the URL below into an RTSP compatible player.

|rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

“m” is the stream number.

For details on streaming protocol, please refer to the “control signaling” and “data format” documents.

8.16 Senddata (capability.nuart > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/viewer/senddata.cgi?

[com=][&data=][&flush=] [&wait=] [&read=]

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION

com 1 \~ The target COM/RS485 port number.

data [,] The is a series of digits from 0 \~ 9, A \~ F. Each comma separates the commands by 200 milliseconds.

flush yes, no yes: Receive data buffer of the COM port will be cleared before read.

no: Do not clear the receive data buffer.

wait 1 \~ 65535 Wait time in milliseconds before read data.

read 1 \~ 128 The data length in bytes to read. The read data will be in the return page.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/plain\r\n

Content-Length: \r\n

\r\n

\r\n

Where hexadecimal data is digits from 0 \~ 9, A \~ F.

8.17 Virtual input (capability.nvi > 0)

Note: Change virtual input (manual trigger) status.

Method: GET

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setvi.cgi?vi0=<value>[&vi1=<value>][&vi2=<value>][&return=<return page>] 
PARAMETERVALUEDESCRIPTION
vistate[(duration)nstate]Where "state" is 0, 1. “0” means inactive or normal state while “1” means active or triggered state.Where "nstate" is next state after duration.Ex: vi0=1Setting virtual input 0 to trigger state
Ex: vi0=0(200)1Setting virtual input 0 to normal state, waiting 200 milliseconds, setting it to trigger state.Note that when the virtual input is waiting for next state, it cannot accept new requests.
returnRedirect to the pageafter the request is completely assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.
Return Code Description
200 The request is successfully executed.
400 The request cannot be assigned, ex. incorrect parameters.Examples:1. setvi.cgi?vi0=0(10000)1(15000)0(20000)1No multiple duration.2. setvi.cgi?vi3=0VI index is out of range.3. setvi.cgi?vi=1No VI index is specified.
503 The resourceis unavailable, ex. Virtual input is waiting for next state.Examples:1. setvi.cgi?vi0=0(15000)12. setvi.cgi?vi0=1Request 2 will not be accepted during the execution time(15 seconds).

8.18 Open Timeshift Stream (capability.timeshift > 0, timeshift\_enable=1, timeshift\_c\_s\_allow=1)

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

For HTTP push server (MJPEG):

http://<servername>/<network_http_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>] 

For RTSP (MP4 and H264), the user needs to input the URL below into an RTSP compatible player.

rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>] 

“n” is the channel index.

“m” is the timeshift stream index.

For details on timeshift stream, please refer to the "TimeshiftCaching" documents.

PARAMETERVALUE DEFAULT DESCRIPTION
maxsft0 Request cached stream at most how many seconds ago.
tsmodenormal,adaptivenormal Streaming mode:normal => Full FPS all the time.adaptive => Default send only I-frame for MP4 and H.264, and send 1 FPS for MJPEG If DI , VI or motion window are triggered, the streaming is changed to send full FPS for 10 seconds.(*Note: this parameter also works on non-timeshift streams.)
reftime mm:ssThe timecamera receives theReference time for maxsft and minsft.(This provides more precise time control to eliminate the inaccuracy due to network latency.)
request. Ex: Request the streaming from 12:20rtsp://10.0.0.1/live.sdp?maxsft=10&reftime=12:30
forcechk N/AN/A Check if the requested stream enables timeshift,feature and if minsft is achievable.If false, return “415 Unsupported Media Type”.
minsft0 How many seconds of cached stream client can accept at least.(Used by forcechk)
Return Code Description
400 Bad Request Request is rejected because some parameter values are illegal.
415 Unsupported Media TypeReturned, if forcechk appears, when minsft is not achievable or the timeshift feature of the target stream is not enabled.

Technical Specifications

Specifications
Ver. 1.0

System- CPU: Mozart 380 SoC - Flash: 32MB - RAM: 512MB - Embedded OS: Linux 2.6
Camera Control- PTZ camera control through RS-485 - Supported devices and protocols: DynaDome/ SmartDome Pelco D LiLin Pelco P Samsung scc643 and customized types - Supports CGI command serial driver
Video- Compression: H.264/MJPEG/MPEG-4 - Streaming: Single Stream (VS8801) or Dual Streams (VS8401) H.264 streaming over UDP, TCP, HTTP or HTTPS MPEG-4 streaming over UDP, TCP, HTTP or HTTPS H.264/MPEG-4 multicast streaming MJPEG streaming over HTTP or HTTPS - Supports activity adaptive streaming for dynamic frame rate control - Supports 3GPP mobile surveillance - Frame rates: H.264: Up tp 180 fps at D1 MJPEG: Up to 240 fps at D1 MPEG-4: Up to 80 fps at D1 - Interface: BNC connector for video output
Image Settings- Adjustable image size, quality and bit rate - Time stamp and text caption overlay - Flip & mirror - Configurable brightness, contrast, saturation, sharpness - Supports privacy masks
Audio- Compression: G.711 audio encoding, bit rate: 64 kbps, μ-Law, or A-Law mode selectable - Interface: Audio input, up to 1Vrms, 3.5 mm Phone Jack Audio output, Terminal block x 8 - Supports two-way audio (Per channel) - Supports audio mute
Networking- 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet, RJ-45 - Onvif support - Protocols: IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP/RTP/RTCP, IGMP, SMTP, FTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DDNS, PPPoE, CoS, QoS, SNMP and 802,1X
Alarm and Event Management- Triple-window video motion detection - Tamper detection - Four D/I and four D/O for external sensor and alarm (VS8401) - Eight D/I and eight D/O for external sensor and alarm (VS8801) - Event notification using HTTP, SMTP or FTP - Local recording of MP4 file
Security- Multi-level user access with password protection - IP address filtering - HTTPS encrypted data transmission - 802.1X port-based authentication for network protection
Users- Live viewing for up to 10 clients
Weight- Net: 837 g (VS8801)
Dimension- 189 mm (L) x 153 mm (W) x 49.3 mm (H)
LED Indicator- System power and status indicator - System activity and network link indicator
Power- Power input: 12V DC/24V AC - Power consumption: Max. 24 W
ApprovalsCE, LVD, FCC, VCCI, C-Tick
Operating EnvironmentsTemperature: -10°C ~ 50°C Humidity: 20 ~ 80% RH
Viewing System RequirementsOS: Microsoft Windows 2000/XP/Vista/Win7 Browser: Internet Explorer 6 or above Cell phone: 3GPP player Real Player: 10.5 or above Quick Time: 6.5 or above
Installation, Management, and MaintenanceInstallation Wizard 232-CH ST7501 recording softwareSupports firmware upgrade
InterfaceRS-485: Half Duplex
ApplicationsSDK available for application development and system integration
Warranty24 months

System Overview
Vivotek VS8801 - Technical Specifications - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Analog Camera"] --> B["VS8801"]
    B --> C["Router"]
    C --> D["Internet"]
    D --> E["Notebook with Web Browser"]
    F["External Microphone"] --> B
    G["Speaker"] --> B
    H["Pre-amplifier"] --> B
    I["PC with VAST"] --> B
    J["Rack Mount Design"] --> D
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

External View
Vivotek VS8801 - Technical Specifications - 2

text_image VS8801 189 mm VS8401 189 mm 163 mm Front Front Back Back The USB socket and SD card slot are only for maintenance.

All specifications are subject to change without notice. Copyright ©2011 VIVOTEK INC. All rights reserved.

Distributed by:

Vivotek VS8801 - Technical Specifications - 3

VIVOTEK

Vivotek VS8801 - Technical Specifications - 4

Vivotek VS8801 - Technical Specifications - 5

Vivotek VS8801 - Technical Specifications - 6

Vivotek VS8801 - Technical Specifications - 7

Vivotek VS8801 - Technical Specifications - 8

VIVOTEK INC.

6F. No.192. Lien-Cheng Rd., Chung-Ho, New Taipei City, 235. Taiwan, R.O.C.

T: +006-2-82455202 F: +006-2-82455502 E: sales@vvotak.com

VIVOTEK USA, INC.

470 Lakeside Drive Suite C. Sunnyvale, CA 91085 USA

T: 406-773-0668 | F: 406-773-8290 E: salesusa@vivotek.com

Technology License Notice

MPEG-4 AAC Technology

THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 AAC AUDIO PATENT LICENSE. THIS PRODUCT MAY NOT BE DECOMPILED, REVERSE-ENGINEERED OR COPIED, EXCEPT WITH REGARD TO PC SOFTWARE, OF WHICH YOU MAY MAKE SINGLE COPIES FOR ARCHIVAL PURPOSES. FOR MORE INFORMATION, PLEASE REFER TO HTTP://WWW.VIALICENSING.COM.

MPEG-4 Visual Technology

THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR (i) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD ("MPEG-4 VIDEO") AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG LA TO PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. PLEASE REFER TO HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.

AMR-NB Standard

THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AMR-NB STANDARD PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT. WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, THE FOLLOWING LICENSORS' PATENTS MAY APPLY:

TELEFONAKIEBOLAGET ERICSSON AB: US PAT. 6192335; 6275798; 6029125; 6424938; 6058359. NOKIA CORPORATION: US PAT. 5946651; 6199035. VOICEAGE CORPORATION: AT PAT. 0516621; BE PAT. 0516621; CA PAT. 2010830; CH PAT. 0516621; DE PAT. 0516621; DK PAT. 0516621; ES PAT. 0516621; FR PAT. 0516621; GB PAT. 0516621; GR PAT. 0516621; IT PAT. 0516621; LI PAT. 0516621; LU PAT. 0516621; NL PAT. 0516621; SE PAT 0516621; US PAT 5444816; AT PAT. 819303/AT E 198805T1; AU PAT. 697256; BE PAT. 819303; BR PAT. 9604838-7; CA PAT. 2216315; CH PAT. 819303; CN PAT. ZL96193827.7; DE PAT. 819303/DE69611607T2; DK PAT. 819303; ES PAT. 819303; EP PAT. 819303; FR PAT. 819303; GB PAT. 819303; IT PAT. 819303; JP PAT. APP. 8-529817; NL PAT. 819303; SE PAT. 819303; US PAT. 5664053. THE LIST MAY BE UPDATED FROM TIME TO TIME BY LICENSORS AND A CURRENT VERSION OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE ON LICENSOR'S WEBSITE AT HTTP://WWW.VOICEAGE.COM.

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

FCC Statement

This device compiles with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions.

■ This device may not cause harmful interference, and
■ This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the installation manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

CE Mark Warning CE

This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

VCCI Warning

VIVOTEK Inc. cannot be held responsible for any technical or typographical errors and reserves the right to make changes to the product and manuals without prior notice. VIVOTEK Inc. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to the material contained within this document, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose.

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : Vivotek

Model : VS8801

Category : Server